8377 lines
302 KiB
Go
8377 lines
302 KiB
Go
// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT.
|
|
|
|
package glacier
|
|
|
|
import (
|
|
"fmt"
|
|
"io"
|
|
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restjson"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const opAbortMultipartUpload = "AbortMultipartUpload"
|
|
|
|
// AbortMultipartUploadRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the AbortMultipartUpload operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AbortMultipartUpload for more information on using the AbortMultipartUpload
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AbortMultipartUploadRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.AbortMultipartUploadRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *Glacier) AbortMultipartUploadRequest(input *AbortMultipartUploadInput) (req *request.Request, output *AbortMultipartUploadOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAbortMultipartUpload,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/{accountId}/vaults/{vaultName}/multipart-uploads/{uploadId}",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AbortMultipartUploadInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &AbortMultipartUploadOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restjson.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AbortMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Glacier.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation aborts a multipart upload identified by the upload ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// After the Abort Multipart Upload request succeeds, you cannot upload any
|
|
// more parts to the multipart upload or complete the multipart upload. Aborting
|
|
// a completed upload fails. However, aborting an already-aborted upload will
|
|
// succeed, for a short time. For more information about uploading a part and
|
|
// completing a multipart upload, see UploadMultipartPart and CompleteMultipartUpload.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation is idempotent.
|
|
//
|
|
// An AWS account has full permission to perform all operations (actions). However,
|
|
// AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) users don't have any permissions
|
|
// by default. You must grant them explicit permission to perform specific actions.
|
|
// For more information, see Access Control Using AWS Identity and Access Management
|
|
// (IAM) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/using-iam-with-amazon-glacier.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// For conceptual information and underlying REST API, see Working with Archives
|
|
// in Amazon Glacier (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/working-with-archives.html)
|
|
// and Abort Multipart Upload (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-multipart-abort-upload.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Glacier Developer Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's
|
|
// API operation AbortMultipartUpload for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// Returned if the specified resource (such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID)
|
|
// doesn't exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// Returned if the service cannot complete the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Glacier) AbortMultipartUpload(input *AbortMultipartUploadInput) (*AbortMultipartUploadOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AbortMultipartUploadRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AbortMultipartUploadWithContext is the same as AbortMultipartUpload with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AbortMultipartUpload for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Glacier) AbortMultipartUploadWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AbortMultipartUploadInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AbortMultipartUploadOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AbortMultipartUploadRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opAbortVaultLock = "AbortVaultLock"
|
|
|
|
// AbortVaultLockRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the AbortVaultLock operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AbortVaultLock for more information on using the AbortVaultLock
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AbortVaultLockRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.AbortVaultLockRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *Glacier) AbortVaultLockRequest(input *AbortVaultLockInput) (req *request.Request, output *AbortVaultLockOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAbortVaultLock,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/{accountId}/vaults/{vaultName}/lock-policy",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AbortVaultLockInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &AbortVaultLockOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restjson.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AbortVaultLock API operation for Amazon Glacier.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation aborts the vault locking process if the vault lock is not
|
|
// in the Locked state. If the vault lock is in the Locked state when this operation
|
|
// is requested, the operation returns an AccessDeniedException error. Aborting
|
|
// the vault locking process removes the vault lock policy from the specified
|
|
// vault.
|
|
//
|
|
// A vault lock is put into the InProgress state by calling InitiateVaultLock.
|
|
// A vault lock is put into the Locked state by calling CompleteVaultLock. You
|
|
// can get the state of a vault lock by calling GetVaultLock. For more information
|
|
// about the vault locking process, see Amazon Glacier Vault Lock (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/vault-lock.html).
|
|
// For more information about vault lock policies, see Amazon Glacier Access
|
|
// Control with Vault Lock Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/vault-lock-policy.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation is idempotent. You can successfully invoke this operation
|
|
// multiple times, if the vault lock is in the InProgress state or if there
|
|
// is no policy associated with the vault.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's
|
|
// API operation AbortVaultLock for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// Returned if the specified resource (such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID)
|
|
// doesn't exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// Returned if the service cannot complete the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Glacier) AbortVaultLock(input *AbortVaultLockInput) (*AbortVaultLockOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AbortVaultLockRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AbortVaultLockWithContext is the same as AbortVaultLock with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AbortVaultLock for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Glacier) AbortVaultLockWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AbortVaultLockInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AbortVaultLockOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AbortVaultLockRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opAddTagsToVault = "AddTagsToVault"
|
|
|
|
// AddTagsToVaultRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the AddTagsToVault operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AddTagsToVault for more information on using the AddTagsToVault
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AddTagsToVaultRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.AddTagsToVaultRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *Glacier) AddTagsToVaultRequest(input *AddTagsToVaultInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddTagsToVaultOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAddTagsToVault,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/{accountId}/vaults/{vaultName}/tags?operation=add",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AddTagsToVaultInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &AddTagsToVaultOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restjson.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AddTagsToVault API operation for Amazon Glacier.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation adds the specified tags to a vault. Each tag is composed of
|
|
// a key and a value. Each vault can have up to 10 tags. If your request would
|
|
// cause the tag limit for the vault to be exceeded, the operation throws the
|
|
// LimitExceededException error. If a tag already exists on the vault under
|
|
// a specified key, the existing key value will be overwritten. For more information
|
|
// about tags, see Tagging Amazon Glacier Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/tagging.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's
|
|
// API operation AddTagsToVault for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// Returned if the specified resource (such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID)
|
|
// doesn't exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
|
|
// Returned if the request results in a vault or account limit being exceeded.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// Returned if the service cannot complete the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Glacier) AddTagsToVault(input *AddTagsToVaultInput) (*AddTagsToVaultOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AddTagsToVaultRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AddTagsToVaultWithContext is the same as AddTagsToVault with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AddTagsToVault for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Glacier) AddTagsToVaultWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AddTagsToVaultInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AddTagsToVaultOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AddTagsToVaultRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCompleteMultipartUpload = "CompleteMultipartUpload"
|
|
|
|
// CompleteMultipartUploadRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CompleteMultipartUpload operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CompleteMultipartUpload for more information on using the CompleteMultipartUpload
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CompleteMultipartUploadRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *Glacier) CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(input *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) (req *request.Request, output *ArchiveCreationOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCompleteMultipartUpload,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/{accountId}/vaults/{vaultName}/multipart-uploads/{uploadId}",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CompleteMultipartUploadInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ArchiveCreationOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CompleteMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Glacier.
|
|
//
|
|
// You call this operation to inform Amazon Glacier that all the archive parts
|
|
// have been uploaded and that Amazon Glacier can now assemble the archive from
|
|
// the uploaded parts. After assembling and saving the archive to the vault,
|
|
// Amazon Glacier returns the URI path of the newly created archive resource.
|
|
// Using the URI path, you can then access the archive. After you upload an
|
|
// archive, you should save the archive ID returned to retrieve the archive
|
|
// at a later point. You can also get the vault inventory to obtain a list of
|
|
// archive IDs in a vault. For more information, see InitiateJob.
|
|
//
|
|
// In the request, you must include the computed SHA256 tree hash of the entire
|
|
// archive you have uploaded. For information about computing a SHA256 tree
|
|
// hash, see Computing Checksums (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/checksum-calculations.html).
|
|
// On the server side, Amazon Glacier also constructs the SHA256 tree hash of
|
|
// the assembled archive. If the values match, Amazon Glacier saves the archive
|
|
// to the vault; otherwise, it returns an error, and the operation fails. The
|
|
// ListParts operation returns a list of parts uploaded for a specific multipart
|
|
// upload. It includes checksum information for each uploaded part that can
|
|
// be used to debug a bad checksum issue.
|
|
//
|
|
// Additionally, Amazon Glacier also checks for any missing content ranges when
|
|
// assembling the archive, if missing content ranges are found, Amazon Glacier
|
|
// returns an error and the operation fails.
|
|
//
|
|
// Complete Multipart Upload is an idempotent operation. After your first successful
|
|
// complete multipart upload, if you call the operation again within a short
|
|
// period, the operation will succeed and return the same archive ID. This is
|
|
// useful in the event you experience a network issue that causes an aborted
|
|
// connection or receive a 500 server error, in which case you can repeat your
|
|
// Complete Multipart Upload request and get the same archive ID without creating
|
|
// duplicate archives. Note, however, that after the multipart upload completes,
|
|
// you cannot call the List Parts operation and the multipart upload will not
|
|
// appear in List Multipart Uploads response, even if idempotent complete is
|
|
// possible.
|
|
//
|
|
// An AWS account has full permission to perform all operations (actions). However,
|
|
// AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) users don't have any permissions
|
|
// by default. You must grant them explicit permission to perform specific actions.
|
|
// For more information, see Access Control Using AWS Identity and Access Management
|
|
// (IAM) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/using-iam-with-amazon-glacier.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// For conceptual information and underlying REST API, see Uploading Large Archives
|
|
// in Parts (Multipart Upload) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/uploading-archive-mpu.html)
|
|
// and Complete Multipart Upload (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-multipart-complete-upload.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Glacier Developer Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's
|
|
// API operation CompleteMultipartUpload for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// Returned if the specified resource (such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID)
|
|
// doesn't exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// Returned if the service cannot complete the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Glacier) CompleteMultipartUpload(input *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) (*ArchiveCreationOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CompleteMultipartUploadWithContext is the same as CompleteMultipartUpload with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CompleteMultipartUpload for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Glacier) CompleteMultipartUploadWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CompleteMultipartUploadInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ArchiveCreationOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCompleteVaultLock = "CompleteVaultLock"
|
|
|
|
// CompleteVaultLockRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CompleteVaultLock operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CompleteVaultLock for more information on using the CompleteVaultLock
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CompleteVaultLockRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CompleteVaultLockRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *Glacier) CompleteVaultLockRequest(input *CompleteVaultLockInput) (req *request.Request, output *CompleteVaultLockOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCompleteVaultLock,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/{accountId}/vaults/{vaultName}/lock-policy/{lockId}",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CompleteVaultLockInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CompleteVaultLockOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restjson.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CompleteVaultLock API operation for Amazon Glacier.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation completes the vault locking process by transitioning the vault
|
|
// lock from the InProgress state to the Locked state, which causes the vault
|
|
// lock policy to become unchangeable. A vault lock is put into the InProgress
|
|
// state by calling InitiateVaultLock. You can obtain the state of the vault
|
|
// lock by calling GetVaultLock. For more information about the vault locking
|
|
// process, Amazon Glacier Vault Lock (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/vault-lock.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation is idempotent. This request is always successful if the vault
|
|
// lock is in the Locked state and the provided lock ID matches the lock ID
|
|
// originally used to lock the vault.
|
|
//
|
|
// If an invalid lock ID is passed in the request when the vault lock is in
|
|
// the Locked state, the operation returns an AccessDeniedException error. If
|
|
// an invalid lock ID is passed in the request when the vault lock is in the
|
|
// InProgress state, the operation throws an InvalidParameter error.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's
|
|
// API operation CompleteVaultLock for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// Returned if the specified resource (such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID)
|
|
// doesn't exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// Returned if the service cannot complete the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Glacier) CompleteVaultLock(input *CompleteVaultLockInput) (*CompleteVaultLockOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CompleteVaultLockRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CompleteVaultLockWithContext is the same as CompleteVaultLock with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CompleteVaultLock for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Glacier) CompleteVaultLockWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CompleteVaultLockInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CompleteVaultLockOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CompleteVaultLockRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateVault = "CreateVault"
|
|
|
|
// CreateVaultRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateVault operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateVault for more information on using the CreateVault
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateVaultRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateVaultRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *Glacier) CreateVaultRequest(input *CreateVaultInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateVaultOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateVault,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/{accountId}/vaults/{vaultName}",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateVaultInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateVaultOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateVault API operation for Amazon Glacier.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation creates a new vault with the specified name. The name of the
|
|
// vault must be unique within a region for an AWS account. You can create up
|
|
// to 1,000 vaults per account. If you need to create more vaults, contact Amazon
|
|
// Glacier.
|
|
//
|
|
// You must use the following guidelines when naming a vault.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Names can be between 1 and 255 characters long.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Allowed characters are a-z, A-Z, 0-9, '_' (underscore), '-' (hyphen),
|
|
// and '.' (period).
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation is idempotent.
|
|
//
|
|
// An AWS account has full permission to perform all operations (actions). However,
|
|
// AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) users don't have any permissions
|
|
// by default. You must grant them explicit permission to perform specific actions.
|
|
// For more information, see Access Control Using AWS Identity and Access Management
|
|
// (IAM) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/using-iam-with-amazon-glacier.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// For conceptual information and underlying REST API, see Creating a Vault
|
|
// in Amazon Glacier (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/creating-vaults.html)
|
|
// and Create Vault (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-vault-put.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Glacier Developer Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's
|
|
// API operation CreateVault for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// Returned if the service cannot complete the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
|
|
// Returned if the request results in a vault or account limit being exceeded.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Glacier) CreateVault(input *CreateVaultInput) (*CreateVaultOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateVaultRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateVaultWithContext is the same as CreateVault with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateVault for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Glacier) CreateVaultWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateVaultInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateVaultOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateVaultRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteArchive = "DeleteArchive"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteArchiveRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteArchive operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteArchive for more information on using the DeleteArchive
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteArchiveRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteArchiveRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *Glacier) DeleteArchiveRequest(input *DeleteArchiveInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteArchiveOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteArchive,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/{accountId}/vaults/{vaultName}/archives/{archiveId}",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteArchiveInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteArchiveOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restjson.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteArchive API operation for Amazon Glacier.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation deletes an archive from a vault. Subsequent requests to initiate
|
|
// a retrieval of this archive will fail. Archive retrievals that are in progress
|
|
// for this archive ID may or may not succeed according to the following scenarios:
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the archive retrieval job is actively preparing the data for download
|
|
// when Amazon Glacier receives the delete archive request, the archival
|
|
// retrieval operation might fail.
|
|
//
|
|
// * If the archive retrieval job has successfully prepared the archive for
|
|
// download when Amazon Glacier receives the delete archive request, you
|
|
// will be able to download the output.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation is idempotent. Attempting to delete an already-deleted archive
|
|
// does not result in an error.
|
|
//
|
|
// An AWS account has full permission to perform all operations (actions). However,
|
|
// AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) users don't have any permissions
|
|
// by default. You must grant them explicit permission to perform specific actions.
|
|
// For more information, see Access Control Using AWS Identity and Access Management
|
|
// (IAM) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/using-iam-with-amazon-glacier.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// For conceptual information and underlying REST API, see Deleting an Archive
|
|
// in Amazon Glacier (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/deleting-an-archive.html)
|
|
// and Delete Archive (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-archive-delete.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Glacier Developer Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's
|
|
// API operation DeleteArchive for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// Returned if the specified resource (such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID)
|
|
// doesn't exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// Returned if the service cannot complete the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Glacier) DeleteArchive(input *DeleteArchiveInput) (*DeleteArchiveOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteArchiveRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteArchiveWithContext is the same as DeleteArchive with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteArchive for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Glacier) DeleteArchiveWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteArchiveInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteArchiveOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteArchiveRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteVault = "DeleteVault"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteVaultRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteVault operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteVault for more information on using the DeleteVault
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteVaultRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteVaultRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *Glacier) DeleteVaultRequest(input *DeleteVaultInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteVaultOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteVault,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/{accountId}/vaults/{vaultName}",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteVaultInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteVaultOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restjson.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteVault API operation for Amazon Glacier.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation deletes a vault. Amazon Glacier will delete a vault only if
|
|
// there are no archives in the vault as of the last inventory and there have
|
|
// been no writes to the vault since the last inventory. If either of these
|
|
// conditions is not satisfied, the vault deletion fails (that is, the vault
|
|
// is not removed) and Amazon Glacier returns an error. You can use DescribeVault
|
|
// to return the number of archives in a vault, and you can use Initiate a Job
|
|
// (POST jobs) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-initiate-job-post.html)
|
|
// to initiate a new inventory retrieval for a vault. The inventory contains
|
|
// the archive IDs you use to delete archives using Delete Archive (DELETE archive)
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-archive-delete.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation is idempotent.
|
|
//
|
|
// An AWS account has full permission to perform all operations (actions). However,
|
|
// AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) users don't have any permissions
|
|
// by default. You must grant them explicit permission to perform specific actions.
|
|
// For more information, see Access Control Using AWS Identity and Access Management
|
|
// (IAM) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/using-iam-with-amazon-glacier.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// For conceptual information and underlying REST API, see Deleting a Vault
|
|
// in Amazon Glacier (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/deleting-vaults.html)
|
|
// and Delete Vault (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-vault-delete.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Glacier Developer Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's
|
|
// API operation DeleteVault for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// Returned if the specified resource (such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID)
|
|
// doesn't exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// Returned if the service cannot complete the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Glacier) DeleteVault(input *DeleteVaultInput) (*DeleteVaultOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteVaultRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteVaultWithContext is the same as DeleteVault with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteVault for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Glacier) DeleteVaultWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteVaultInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteVaultOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteVaultRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteVaultAccessPolicy = "DeleteVaultAccessPolicy"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteVaultAccessPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteVaultAccessPolicy operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteVaultAccessPolicy for more information on using the DeleteVaultAccessPolicy
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteVaultAccessPolicyRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteVaultAccessPolicyRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *Glacier) DeleteVaultAccessPolicyRequest(input *DeleteVaultAccessPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteVaultAccessPolicyOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteVaultAccessPolicy,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/{accountId}/vaults/{vaultName}/access-policy",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteVaultAccessPolicyInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteVaultAccessPolicyOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restjson.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteVaultAccessPolicy API operation for Amazon Glacier.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation deletes the access policy associated with the specified vault.
|
|
// The operation is eventually consistent; that is, it might take some time
|
|
// for Amazon Glacier to completely remove the access policy, and you might
|
|
// still see the effect of the policy for a short time after you send the delete
|
|
// request.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation is idempotent. You can invoke delete multiple times, even
|
|
// if there is no policy associated with the vault. For more information about
|
|
// vault access policies, see Amazon Glacier Access Control with Vault Access
|
|
// Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/vault-access-policy.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's
|
|
// API operation DeleteVaultAccessPolicy for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// Returned if the specified resource (such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID)
|
|
// doesn't exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// Returned if the service cannot complete the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Glacier) DeleteVaultAccessPolicy(input *DeleteVaultAccessPolicyInput) (*DeleteVaultAccessPolicyOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteVaultAccessPolicyRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteVaultAccessPolicyWithContext is the same as DeleteVaultAccessPolicy with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteVaultAccessPolicy for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Glacier) DeleteVaultAccessPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteVaultAccessPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteVaultAccessPolicyOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteVaultAccessPolicyRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteVaultNotifications = "DeleteVaultNotifications"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteVaultNotificationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteVaultNotifications operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteVaultNotifications for more information on using the DeleteVaultNotifications
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteVaultNotificationsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteVaultNotificationsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *Glacier) DeleteVaultNotificationsRequest(input *DeleteVaultNotificationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteVaultNotificationsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteVaultNotifications,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/{accountId}/vaults/{vaultName}/notification-configuration",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteVaultNotificationsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteVaultNotificationsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restjson.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteVaultNotifications API operation for Amazon Glacier.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation deletes the notification configuration set for a vault. The
|
|
// operation is eventually consistent; that is, it might take some time for
|
|
// Amazon Glacier to completely disable the notifications and you might still
|
|
// receive some notifications for a short time after you send the delete request.
|
|
//
|
|
// An AWS account has full permission to perform all operations (actions). However,
|
|
// AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) users don't have any permissions
|
|
// by default. You must grant them explicit permission to perform specific actions.
|
|
// For more information, see Access Control Using AWS Identity and Access Management
|
|
// (IAM) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/latest/dev/using-iam-with-amazon-glacier.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// For conceptual information and underlying REST API, see Configuring Vault
|
|
// Notifications in Amazon Glacier (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/configuring-notifications.html)
|
|
// and Delete Vault Notification Configuration (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-vault-notifications-delete.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Glacier Developer Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's
|
|
// API operation DeleteVaultNotifications for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// Returned if the specified resource (such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID)
|
|
// doesn't exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// Returned if the service cannot complete the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Glacier) DeleteVaultNotifications(input *DeleteVaultNotificationsInput) (*DeleteVaultNotificationsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteVaultNotificationsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteVaultNotificationsWithContext is the same as DeleteVaultNotifications with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteVaultNotifications for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Glacier) DeleteVaultNotificationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteVaultNotificationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteVaultNotificationsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteVaultNotificationsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeJob = "DescribeJob"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeJobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeJob operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeJob for more information on using the DescribeJob
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeJobRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeJobRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *Glacier) DescribeJobRequest(input *DescribeJobInput) (req *request.Request, output *JobDescription) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeJob,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/{accountId}/vaults/{vaultName}/jobs/{jobId}",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeJobInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &JobDescription{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeJob API operation for Amazon Glacier.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation returns information about a job you previously initiated,
|
|
// including the job initiation date, the user who initiated the job, the job
|
|
// status code/message and the Amazon SNS topic to notify after Amazon Glacier
|
|
// completes the job. For more information about initiating a job, see InitiateJob.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation enables you to check the status of your job. However, it is
|
|
// strongly recommended that you set up an Amazon SNS topic and specify it in
|
|
// your initiate job request so that Amazon Glacier can notify the topic after
|
|
// it completes the job.
|
|
//
|
|
// A job ID will not expire for at least 24 hours after Amazon Glacier completes
|
|
// the job.
|
|
//
|
|
// An AWS account has full permission to perform all operations (actions). However,
|
|
// AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) users don't have any permissions
|
|
// by default. You must grant them explicit permission to perform specific actions.
|
|
// For more information, see Access Control Using AWS Identity and Access Management
|
|
// (IAM) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/using-iam-with-amazon-glacier.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about using this operation, see the documentation for
|
|
// the underlying REST API Describe Job (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-describe-job-get.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Glacier Developer Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's
|
|
// API operation DescribeJob for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// Returned if the specified resource (such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID)
|
|
// doesn't exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// Returned if the service cannot complete the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Glacier) DescribeJob(input *DescribeJobInput) (*JobDescription, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeJobRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeJobWithContext is the same as DescribeJob with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeJob for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Glacier) DescribeJobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeJobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*JobDescription, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeJobRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeVault = "DescribeVault"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVaultRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeVault operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVault for more information on using the DescribeVault
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeVaultRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeVaultRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *Glacier) DescribeVaultRequest(input *DescribeVaultInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeVaultOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeVault,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/{accountId}/vaults/{vaultName}",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeVaultInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeVaultOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVault API operation for Amazon Glacier.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation returns information about a vault, including the vault's Amazon
|
|
// Resource Name (ARN), the date the vault was created, the number of archives
|
|
// it contains, and the total size of all the archives in the vault. The number
|
|
// of archives and their total size are as of the last inventory generation.
|
|
// This means that if you add or remove an archive from a vault, and then immediately
|
|
// use Describe Vault, the change in contents will not be immediately reflected.
|
|
// If you want to retrieve the latest inventory of the vault, use InitiateJob.
|
|
// Amazon Glacier generates vault inventories approximately daily. For more
|
|
// information, see Downloading a Vault Inventory in Amazon Glacier (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/vault-inventory.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// An AWS account has full permission to perform all operations (actions). However,
|
|
// AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) users don't have any permissions
|
|
// by default. You must grant them explicit permission to perform specific actions.
|
|
// For more information, see Access Control Using AWS Identity and Access Management
|
|
// (IAM) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/using-iam-with-amazon-glacier.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// For conceptual information and underlying REST API, see Retrieving Vault
|
|
// Metadata in Amazon Glacier (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/retrieving-vault-info.html)
|
|
// and Describe Vault (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-vault-get.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Glacier Developer Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's
|
|
// API operation DescribeVault for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// Returned if the specified resource (such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID)
|
|
// doesn't exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// Returned if the service cannot complete the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Glacier) DescribeVault(input *DescribeVaultInput) (*DescribeVaultOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeVaultRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeVaultWithContext is the same as DescribeVault with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeVault for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Glacier) DescribeVaultWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeVaultInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeVaultOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeVaultRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opGetDataRetrievalPolicy = "GetDataRetrievalPolicy"
|
|
|
|
// GetDataRetrievalPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the GetDataRetrievalPolicy operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetDataRetrievalPolicy for more information on using the GetDataRetrievalPolicy
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the GetDataRetrievalPolicyRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.GetDataRetrievalPolicyRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *Glacier) GetDataRetrievalPolicyRequest(input *GetDataRetrievalPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetDataRetrievalPolicyOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opGetDataRetrievalPolicy,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/{accountId}/policies/data-retrieval",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &GetDataRetrievalPolicyInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &GetDataRetrievalPolicyOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetDataRetrievalPolicy API operation for Amazon Glacier.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation returns the current data retrieval policy for the account
|
|
// and region specified in the GET request. For more information about data
|
|
// retrieval policies, see Amazon Glacier Data Retrieval Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/data-retrieval-policy.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's
|
|
// API operation GetDataRetrievalPolicy for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// Returned if the service cannot complete the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Glacier) GetDataRetrievalPolicy(input *GetDataRetrievalPolicyInput) (*GetDataRetrievalPolicyOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetDataRetrievalPolicyRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetDataRetrievalPolicyWithContext is the same as GetDataRetrievalPolicy with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetDataRetrievalPolicy for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Glacier) GetDataRetrievalPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDataRetrievalPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetDataRetrievalPolicyOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetDataRetrievalPolicyRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opGetJobOutput = "GetJobOutput"
|
|
|
|
// GetJobOutputRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the GetJobOutput operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetJobOutput for more information on using the GetJobOutput
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the GetJobOutputRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.GetJobOutputRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *Glacier) GetJobOutputRequest(input *GetJobOutputInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetJobOutputOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opGetJobOutput,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/{accountId}/vaults/{vaultName}/jobs/{jobId}/output",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &GetJobOutputInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &GetJobOutputOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetJobOutput API operation for Amazon Glacier.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation downloads the output of the job you initiated using InitiateJob.
|
|
// Depending on the job type you specified when you initiated the job, the output
|
|
// will be either the content of an archive or a vault inventory.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can download all the job output or download a portion of the output by
|
|
// specifying a byte range. In the case of an archive retrieval job, depending
|
|
// on the byte range you specify, Amazon Glacier returns the checksum for the
|
|
// portion of the data. You can compute the checksum on the client and verify
|
|
// that the values match to ensure the portion you downloaded is the correct
|
|
// data.
|
|
//
|
|
// A job ID will not expire for at least 24 hours after Amazon Glacier completes
|
|
// the job. That a byte range. For both archive and inventory retrieval jobs,
|
|
// you should verify the downloaded size against the size returned in the headers
|
|
// from the Get Job Output response.
|
|
//
|
|
// For archive retrieval jobs, you should also verify that the size is what
|
|
// you expected. If you download a portion of the output, the expected size
|
|
// is based on the range of bytes you specified. For example, if you specify
|
|
// a range of bytes=0-1048575, you should verify your download size is 1,048,576
|
|
// bytes. If you download an entire archive, the expected size is the size of
|
|
// the archive when you uploaded it to Amazon Glacier The expected size is also
|
|
// returned in the headers from the Get Job Output response.
|
|
//
|
|
// In the case of an archive retrieval job, depending on the byte range you
|
|
// specify, Amazon Glacier returns the checksum for the portion of the data.
|
|
// To ensure the portion you downloaded is the correct data, compute the checksum
|
|
// on the client, verify that the values match, and verify that the size is
|
|
// what you expected.
|
|
//
|
|
// A job ID does not expire for at least 24 hours after Amazon Glacier completes
|
|
// the job. That is, you can download the job output within the 24 hours period
|
|
// after Amazon Glacier completes the job.
|
|
//
|
|
// An AWS account has full permission to perform all operations (actions). However,
|
|
// AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) users don't have any permissions
|
|
// by default. You must grant them explicit permission to perform specific actions.
|
|
// For more information, see Access Control Using AWS Identity and Access Management
|
|
// (IAM) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/using-iam-with-amazon-glacier.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// For conceptual information and the underlying REST API, see Downloading a
|
|
// Vault Inventory (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/vault-inventory.html),
|
|
// Downloading an Archive (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/downloading-an-archive.html),
|
|
// and Get Job Output (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-job-output-get.html)
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's
|
|
// API operation GetJobOutput for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// Returned if the specified resource (such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID)
|
|
// doesn't exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// Returned if the service cannot complete the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Glacier) GetJobOutput(input *GetJobOutputInput) (*GetJobOutputOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetJobOutputRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetJobOutputWithContext is the same as GetJobOutput with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetJobOutput for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Glacier) GetJobOutputWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetJobOutputInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetJobOutputOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetJobOutputRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opGetVaultAccessPolicy = "GetVaultAccessPolicy"
|
|
|
|
// GetVaultAccessPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the GetVaultAccessPolicy operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetVaultAccessPolicy for more information on using the GetVaultAccessPolicy
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the GetVaultAccessPolicyRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.GetVaultAccessPolicyRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *Glacier) GetVaultAccessPolicyRequest(input *GetVaultAccessPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetVaultAccessPolicyOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opGetVaultAccessPolicy,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/{accountId}/vaults/{vaultName}/access-policy",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &GetVaultAccessPolicyInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &GetVaultAccessPolicyOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetVaultAccessPolicy API operation for Amazon Glacier.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation retrieves the access-policy subresource set on the vault;
|
|
// for more information on setting this subresource, see Set Vault Access Policy
|
|
// (PUT access-policy) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-SetVaultAccessPolicy.html).
|
|
// If there is no access policy set on the vault, the operation returns a 404
|
|
// Not found error. For more information about vault access policies, see Amazon
|
|
// Glacier Access Control with Vault Access Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/vault-access-policy.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's
|
|
// API operation GetVaultAccessPolicy for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// Returned if the specified resource (such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID)
|
|
// doesn't exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// Returned if the service cannot complete the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Glacier) GetVaultAccessPolicy(input *GetVaultAccessPolicyInput) (*GetVaultAccessPolicyOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetVaultAccessPolicyRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetVaultAccessPolicyWithContext is the same as GetVaultAccessPolicy with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetVaultAccessPolicy for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Glacier) GetVaultAccessPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetVaultAccessPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetVaultAccessPolicyOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetVaultAccessPolicyRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opGetVaultLock = "GetVaultLock"
|
|
|
|
// GetVaultLockRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the GetVaultLock operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetVaultLock for more information on using the GetVaultLock
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the GetVaultLockRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.GetVaultLockRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *Glacier) GetVaultLockRequest(input *GetVaultLockInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetVaultLockOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opGetVaultLock,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/{accountId}/vaults/{vaultName}/lock-policy",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &GetVaultLockInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &GetVaultLockOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetVaultLock API operation for Amazon Glacier.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation retrieves the following attributes from the lock-policy subresource
|
|
// set on the specified vault:
|
|
//
|
|
// * The vault lock policy set on the vault.
|
|
//
|
|
// * The state of the vault lock, which is either InProgess or Locked.
|
|
//
|
|
// * When the lock ID expires. The lock ID is used to complete the vault
|
|
// locking process.
|
|
//
|
|
// * When the vault lock was initiated and put into the InProgress state.
|
|
//
|
|
// A vault lock is put into the InProgress state by calling InitiateVaultLock.
|
|
// A vault lock is put into the Locked state by calling CompleteVaultLock. You
|
|
// can abort the vault locking process by calling AbortVaultLock. For more information
|
|
// about the vault locking process, Amazon Glacier Vault Lock (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/vault-lock.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// If there is no vault lock policy set on the vault, the operation returns
|
|
// a 404 Not found error. For more information about vault lock policies, Amazon
|
|
// Glacier Access Control with Vault Lock Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/vault-lock-policy.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's
|
|
// API operation GetVaultLock for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// Returned if the specified resource (such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID)
|
|
// doesn't exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// Returned if the service cannot complete the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Glacier) GetVaultLock(input *GetVaultLockInput) (*GetVaultLockOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetVaultLockRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetVaultLockWithContext is the same as GetVaultLock with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetVaultLock for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Glacier) GetVaultLockWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetVaultLockInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetVaultLockOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetVaultLockRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opGetVaultNotifications = "GetVaultNotifications"
|
|
|
|
// GetVaultNotificationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the GetVaultNotifications operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetVaultNotifications for more information on using the GetVaultNotifications
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the GetVaultNotificationsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.GetVaultNotificationsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *Glacier) GetVaultNotificationsRequest(input *GetVaultNotificationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetVaultNotificationsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opGetVaultNotifications,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/{accountId}/vaults/{vaultName}/notification-configuration",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &GetVaultNotificationsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &GetVaultNotificationsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetVaultNotifications API operation for Amazon Glacier.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation retrieves the notification-configuration subresource of the
|
|
// specified vault.
|
|
//
|
|
// For information about setting a notification configuration on a vault, see
|
|
// SetVaultNotifications. If a notification configuration for a vault is not
|
|
// set, the operation returns a 404 Not Found error. For more information about
|
|
// vault notifications, see Configuring Vault Notifications in Amazon Glacier
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/configuring-notifications.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// An AWS account has full permission to perform all operations (actions). However,
|
|
// AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) users don't have any permissions
|
|
// by default. You must grant them explicit permission to perform specific actions.
|
|
// For more information, see Access Control Using AWS Identity and Access Management
|
|
// (IAM) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/using-iam-with-amazon-glacier.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// For conceptual information and underlying REST API, see Configuring Vault
|
|
// Notifications in Amazon Glacier (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/configuring-notifications.html)
|
|
// and Get Vault Notification Configuration (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-vault-notifications-get.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Glacier Developer Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's
|
|
// API operation GetVaultNotifications for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// Returned if the specified resource (such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID)
|
|
// doesn't exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// Returned if the service cannot complete the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Glacier) GetVaultNotifications(input *GetVaultNotificationsInput) (*GetVaultNotificationsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetVaultNotificationsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetVaultNotificationsWithContext is the same as GetVaultNotifications with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetVaultNotifications for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Glacier) GetVaultNotificationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetVaultNotificationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetVaultNotificationsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetVaultNotificationsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opInitiateJob = "InitiateJob"
|
|
|
|
// InitiateJobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the InitiateJob operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See InitiateJob for more information on using the InitiateJob
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the InitiateJobRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.InitiateJobRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *Glacier) InitiateJobRequest(input *InitiateJobInput) (req *request.Request, output *InitiateJobOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opInitiateJob,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/{accountId}/vaults/{vaultName}/jobs",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &InitiateJobInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &InitiateJobOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// InitiateJob API operation for Amazon Glacier.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation initiates a job of the specified type, which can be a select,
|
|
// an archival retrieval, or a vault retrieval. For more information about using
|
|
// this operation, see the documentation for the underlying REST API Initiate
|
|
// a Job (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-initiate-job-post.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's
|
|
// API operation InitiateJob for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// Returned if the specified resource (such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID)
|
|
// doesn't exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodePolicyEnforcedException "PolicyEnforcedException"
|
|
// Returned if a retrieval job would exceed the current data policy's retrieval
|
|
// rate limit. For more information about data retrieval policies,
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInsufficientCapacityException "InsufficientCapacityException"
|
|
// Returned if there is insufficient capacity to process this expedited request.
|
|
// This error only applies to expedited retrievals and not to standard or bulk
|
|
// retrievals.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// Returned if the service cannot complete the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Glacier) InitiateJob(input *InitiateJobInput) (*InitiateJobOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.InitiateJobRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// InitiateJobWithContext is the same as InitiateJob with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See InitiateJob for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Glacier) InitiateJobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *InitiateJobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*InitiateJobOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.InitiateJobRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opInitiateMultipartUpload = "InitiateMultipartUpload"
|
|
|
|
// InitiateMultipartUploadRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the InitiateMultipartUpload operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See InitiateMultipartUpload for more information on using the InitiateMultipartUpload
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the InitiateMultipartUploadRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.InitiateMultipartUploadRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *Glacier) InitiateMultipartUploadRequest(input *InitiateMultipartUploadInput) (req *request.Request, output *InitiateMultipartUploadOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opInitiateMultipartUpload,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/{accountId}/vaults/{vaultName}/multipart-uploads",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &InitiateMultipartUploadInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &InitiateMultipartUploadOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// InitiateMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Glacier.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation initiates a multipart upload. Amazon Glacier creates a multipart
|
|
// upload resource and returns its ID in the response. The multipart upload
|
|
// ID is used in subsequent requests to upload parts of an archive (see UploadMultipartPart).
|
|
//
|
|
// When you initiate a multipart upload, you specify the part size in number
|
|
// of bytes. The part size must be a megabyte (1024 KB) multiplied by a power
|
|
// of 2-for example, 1048576 (1 MB), 2097152 (2 MB), 4194304 (4 MB), 8388608
|
|
// (8 MB), and so on. The minimum allowable part size is 1 MB, and the maximum
|
|
// is 4 GB.
|
|
//
|
|
// Every part you upload to this resource (see UploadMultipartPart), except
|
|
// the last one, must have the same size. The last one can be the same size
|
|
// or smaller. For example, suppose you want to upload a 16.2 MB file. If you
|
|
// initiate the multipart upload with a part size of 4 MB, you will upload four
|
|
// parts of 4 MB each and one part of 0.2 MB.
|
|
//
|
|
// You don't need to know the size of the archive when you start a multipart
|
|
// upload because Amazon Glacier does not require you to specify the overall
|
|
// archive size.
|
|
//
|
|
// After you complete the multipart upload, Amazon Glacier removes the multipart
|
|
// upload resource referenced by the ID. Amazon Glacier also removes the multipart
|
|
// upload resource if you cancel the multipart upload or it may be removed if
|
|
// there is no activity for a period of 24 hours.
|
|
//
|
|
// An AWS account has full permission to perform all operations (actions). However,
|
|
// AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) users don't have any permissions
|
|
// by default. You must grant them explicit permission to perform specific actions.
|
|
// For more information, see Access Control Using AWS Identity and Access Management
|
|
// (IAM) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/using-iam-with-amazon-glacier.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// For conceptual information and underlying REST API, see Uploading Large Archives
|
|
// in Parts (Multipart Upload) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/uploading-archive-mpu.html)
|
|
// and Initiate Multipart Upload (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-multipart-initiate-upload.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Glacier Developer Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's
|
|
// API operation InitiateMultipartUpload for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// Returned if the specified resource (such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID)
|
|
// doesn't exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// Returned if the service cannot complete the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Glacier) InitiateMultipartUpload(input *InitiateMultipartUploadInput) (*InitiateMultipartUploadOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.InitiateMultipartUploadRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// InitiateMultipartUploadWithContext is the same as InitiateMultipartUpload with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See InitiateMultipartUpload for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Glacier) InitiateMultipartUploadWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *InitiateMultipartUploadInput, opts ...request.Option) (*InitiateMultipartUploadOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.InitiateMultipartUploadRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opInitiateVaultLock = "InitiateVaultLock"
|
|
|
|
// InitiateVaultLockRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the InitiateVaultLock operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See InitiateVaultLock for more information on using the InitiateVaultLock
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the InitiateVaultLockRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.InitiateVaultLockRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *Glacier) InitiateVaultLockRequest(input *InitiateVaultLockInput) (req *request.Request, output *InitiateVaultLockOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opInitiateVaultLock,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/{accountId}/vaults/{vaultName}/lock-policy",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &InitiateVaultLockInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &InitiateVaultLockOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// InitiateVaultLock API operation for Amazon Glacier.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation initiates the vault locking process by doing the following:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Installing a vault lock policy on the specified vault.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Setting the lock state of vault lock to InProgress.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Returning a lock ID, which is used to complete the vault locking process.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can set one vault lock policy for each vault and this policy can be up
|
|
// to 20 KB in size. For more information about vault lock policies, see Amazon
|
|
// Glacier Access Control with Vault Lock Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/vault-lock-policy.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// You must complete the vault locking process within 24 hours after the vault
|
|
// lock enters the InProgress state. After the 24 hour window ends, the lock
|
|
// ID expires, the vault automatically exits the InProgress state, and the vault
|
|
// lock policy is removed from the vault. You call CompleteVaultLock to complete
|
|
// the vault locking process by setting the state of the vault lock to Locked.
|
|
//
|
|
// After a vault lock is in the Locked state, you cannot initiate a new vault
|
|
// lock for the vault.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can abort the vault locking process by calling AbortVaultLock. You can
|
|
// get the state of the vault lock by calling GetVaultLock. For more information
|
|
// about the vault locking process, Amazon Glacier Vault Lock (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/vault-lock.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// If this operation is called when the vault lock is in the InProgress state,
|
|
// the operation returns an AccessDeniedException error. When the vault lock
|
|
// is in the InProgress state you must call AbortVaultLock before you can initiate
|
|
// a new vault lock policy.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's
|
|
// API operation InitiateVaultLock for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// Returned if the specified resource (such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID)
|
|
// doesn't exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// Returned if the service cannot complete the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Glacier) InitiateVaultLock(input *InitiateVaultLockInput) (*InitiateVaultLockOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.InitiateVaultLockRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// InitiateVaultLockWithContext is the same as InitiateVaultLock with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See InitiateVaultLock for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Glacier) InitiateVaultLockWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *InitiateVaultLockInput, opts ...request.Option) (*InitiateVaultLockOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.InitiateVaultLockRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opListJobs = "ListJobs"
|
|
|
|
// ListJobsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ListJobs operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListJobs for more information on using the ListJobs
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ListJobsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ListJobsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *Glacier) ListJobsRequest(input *ListJobsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListJobsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opListJobs,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/{accountId}/vaults/{vaultName}/jobs",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "limit",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ListJobsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ListJobsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListJobs API operation for Amazon Glacier.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation lists jobs for a vault, including jobs that are in-progress
|
|
// and jobs that have recently finished. The List Job operation returns a list
|
|
// of these jobs sorted by job initiation time.
|
|
//
|
|
// Amazon Glacier retains recently completed jobs for a period before deleting
|
|
// them; however, it eventually removes completed jobs. The output of completed
|
|
// jobs can be retrieved. Retaining completed jobs for a period of time after
|
|
// they have completed enables you to get a job output in the event you miss
|
|
// the job completion notification or your first attempt to download it fails.
|
|
// For example, suppose you start an archive retrieval job to download an archive.
|
|
// After the job completes, you start to download the archive but encounter
|
|
// a network error. In this scenario, you can retry and download the archive
|
|
// while the job exists.
|
|
//
|
|
// The List Jobs operation supports pagination. You should always check the
|
|
// response Marker field. If there are no more jobs to list, the Marker field
|
|
// is set to null. If there are more jobs to list, the Marker field is set to
|
|
// a non-null value, which you can use to continue the pagination of the list.
|
|
// To return a list of jobs that begins at a specific job, set the marker request
|
|
// parameter to the Marker value for that job that you obtained from a previous
|
|
// List Jobs request.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can set a maximum limit for the number of jobs returned in the response
|
|
// by specifying the limit parameter in the request. The default limit is 1000.
|
|
// The number of jobs returned might be fewer than the limit, but the number
|
|
// of returned jobs never exceeds the limit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Additionally, you can filter the jobs list returned by specifying the optional
|
|
// statuscode parameter or completed parameter, or both. Using the statuscode
|
|
// parameter, you can specify to return only jobs that match either the InProgress,
|
|
// Succeeded, or Failed status. Using the completed parameter, you can specify
|
|
// to return only jobs that were completed (true) or jobs that were not completed
|
|
// (false).
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about using this operation, see the documentation for
|
|
// the underlying REST API List Jobs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-jobs-get.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's
|
|
// API operation ListJobs for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// Returned if the specified resource (such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID)
|
|
// doesn't exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// Returned if the service cannot complete the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Glacier) ListJobs(input *ListJobsInput) (*ListJobsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ListJobsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListJobsWithContext is the same as ListJobs with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListJobs for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Glacier) ListJobsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListJobsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListJobsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ListJobsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListJobsPages iterates over the pages of a ListJobs operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListJobs method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListJobs operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.ListJobsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *ListJobsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Glacier) ListJobsPages(input *ListJobsInput, fn func(*ListJobsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.ListJobsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListJobsPagesWithContext same as ListJobsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Glacier) ListJobsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListJobsInput, fn func(*ListJobsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *ListJobsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.ListJobsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListJobsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opListMultipartUploads = "ListMultipartUploads"
|
|
|
|
// ListMultipartUploadsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ListMultipartUploads operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListMultipartUploads for more information on using the ListMultipartUploads
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ListMultipartUploadsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *Glacier) ListMultipartUploadsRequest(input *ListMultipartUploadsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opListMultipartUploads,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/{accountId}/vaults/{vaultName}/multipart-uploads",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "limit",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ListMultipartUploadsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ListMultipartUploadsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListMultipartUploads API operation for Amazon Glacier.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation lists in-progress multipart uploads for the specified vault.
|
|
// An in-progress multipart upload is a multipart upload that has been initiated
|
|
// by an InitiateMultipartUpload request, but has not yet been completed or
|
|
// aborted. The list returned in the List Multipart Upload response has no guaranteed
|
|
// order.
|
|
//
|
|
// The List Multipart Uploads operation supports pagination. By default, this
|
|
// operation returns up to 1,000 multipart uploads in the response. You should
|
|
// always check the response for a marker at which to continue the list; if
|
|
// there are no more items the marker is null. To return a list of multipart
|
|
// uploads that begins at a specific upload, set the marker request parameter
|
|
// to the value you obtained from a previous List Multipart Upload request.
|
|
// You can also limit the number of uploads returned in the response by specifying
|
|
// the limit parameter in the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note the difference between this operation and listing parts (ListParts).
|
|
// The List Multipart Uploads operation lists all multipart uploads for a vault
|
|
// and does not require a multipart upload ID. The List Parts operation requires
|
|
// a multipart upload ID since parts are associated with a single upload.
|
|
//
|
|
// An AWS account has full permission to perform all operations (actions). However,
|
|
// AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) users don't have any permissions
|
|
// by default. You must grant them explicit permission to perform specific actions.
|
|
// For more information, see Access Control Using AWS Identity and Access Management
|
|
// (IAM) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/using-iam-with-amazon-glacier.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// For conceptual information and the underlying REST API, see Working with
|
|
// Archives in Amazon Glacier (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/working-with-archives.html)
|
|
// and List Multipart Uploads (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-multipart-list-uploads.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Glacier Developer Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's
|
|
// API operation ListMultipartUploads for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// Returned if the specified resource (such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID)
|
|
// doesn't exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// Returned if the service cannot complete the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Glacier) ListMultipartUploads(input *ListMultipartUploadsInput) (*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListMultipartUploadsWithContext is the same as ListMultipartUploads with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListMultipartUploads for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Glacier) ListMultipartUploadsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultipartUploadsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListMultipartUploadsPages iterates over the pages of a ListMultipartUploads operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListMultipartUploads method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListMultipartUploads operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.ListMultipartUploadsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *ListMultipartUploadsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Glacier) ListMultipartUploadsPages(input *ListMultipartUploadsInput, fn func(*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.ListMultipartUploadsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListMultipartUploadsPagesWithContext same as ListMultipartUploadsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Glacier) ListMultipartUploadsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultipartUploadsInput, fn func(*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *ListMultipartUploadsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListMultipartUploadsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opListParts = "ListParts"
|
|
|
|
// ListPartsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ListParts operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListParts for more information on using the ListParts
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ListPartsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ListPartsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *Glacier) ListPartsRequest(input *ListPartsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListPartsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opListParts,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/{accountId}/vaults/{vaultName}/multipart-uploads/{uploadId}",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "limit",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ListPartsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ListPartsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListParts API operation for Amazon Glacier.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation lists the parts of an archive that have been uploaded in a
|
|
// specific multipart upload. You can make this request at any time during an
|
|
// in-progress multipart upload before you complete the upload (see CompleteMultipartUpload.
|
|
// List Parts returns an error for completed uploads. The list returned in the
|
|
// List Parts response is sorted by part range.
|
|
//
|
|
// The List Parts operation supports pagination. By default, this operation
|
|
// returns up to 1,000 uploaded parts in the response. You should always check
|
|
// the response for a marker at which to continue the list; if there are no
|
|
// more items the marker is null. To return a list of parts that begins at a
|
|
// specific part, set the marker request parameter to the value you obtained
|
|
// from a previous List Parts request. You can also limit the number of parts
|
|
// returned in the response by specifying the limit parameter in the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// An AWS account has full permission to perform all operations (actions). However,
|
|
// AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) users don't have any permissions
|
|
// by default. You must grant them explicit permission to perform specific actions.
|
|
// For more information, see Access Control Using AWS Identity and Access Management
|
|
// (IAM) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/using-iam-with-amazon-glacier.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// For conceptual information and the underlying REST API, see Working with
|
|
// Archives in Amazon Glacier (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/working-with-archives.html)
|
|
// and List Parts (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-multipart-list-parts.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Glacier Developer Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's
|
|
// API operation ListParts for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// Returned if the specified resource (such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID)
|
|
// doesn't exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// Returned if the service cannot complete the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Glacier) ListParts(input *ListPartsInput) (*ListPartsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ListPartsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListPartsWithContext is the same as ListParts with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListParts for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Glacier) ListPartsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPartsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListPartsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ListPartsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListPartsPages iterates over the pages of a ListParts operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListParts method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListParts operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.ListPartsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *ListPartsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Glacier) ListPartsPages(input *ListPartsInput, fn func(*ListPartsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.ListPartsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListPartsPagesWithContext same as ListPartsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Glacier) ListPartsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPartsInput, fn func(*ListPartsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *ListPartsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.ListPartsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListPartsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opListProvisionedCapacity = "ListProvisionedCapacity"
|
|
|
|
// ListProvisionedCapacityRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ListProvisionedCapacity operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListProvisionedCapacity for more information on using the ListProvisionedCapacity
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ListProvisionedCapacityRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ListProvisionedCapacityRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *Glacier) ListProvisionedCapacityRequest(input *ListProvisionedCapacityInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListProvisionedCapacityOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opListProvisionedCapacity,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/{accountId}/provisioned-capacity",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ListProvisionedCapacityInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ListProvisionedCapacityOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListProvisionedCapacity API operation for Amazon Glacier.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation lists the provisioned capacity units for the specified AWS
|
|
// account.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's
|
|
// API operation ListProvisionedCapacity for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// Returned if the service cannot complete the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Glacier) ListProvisionedCapacity(input *ListProvisionedCapacityInput) (*ListProvisionedCapacityOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ListProvisionedCapacityRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListProvisionedCapacityWithContext is the same as ListProvisionedCapacity with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListProvisionedCapacity for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Glacier) ListProvisionedCapacityWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListProvisionedCapacityInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListProvisionedCapacityOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ListProvisionedCapacityRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opListTagsForVault = "ListTagsForVault"
|
|
|
|
// ListTagsForVaultRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ListTagsForVault operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListTagsForVault for more information on using the ListTagsForVault
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ListTagsForVaultRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ListTagsForVaultRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *Glacier) ListTagsForVaultRequest(input *ListTagsForVaultInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListTagsForVaultOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opListTagsForVault,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/{accountId}/vaults/{vaultName}/tags",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ListTagsForVaultInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ListTagsForVaultOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListTagsForVault API operation for Amazon Glacier.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation lists all the tags attached to a vault. The operation returns
|
|
// an empty map if there are no tags. For more information about tags, see Tagging
|
|
// Amazon Glacier Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/tagging.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's
|
|
// API operation ListTagsForVault for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// Returned if the specified resource (such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID)
|
|
// doesn't exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// Returned if the service cannot complete the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Glacier) ListTagsForVault(input *ListTagsForVaultInput) (*ListTagsForVaultOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ListTagsForVaultRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListTagsForVaultWithContext is the same as ListTagsForVault with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListTagsForVault for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Glacier) ListTagsForVaultWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTagsForVaultInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListTagsForVaultOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ListTagsForVaultRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opListVaults = "ListVaults"
|
|
|
|
// ListVaultsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ListVaults operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListVaults for more information on using the ListVaults
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ListVaultsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ListVaultsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *Glacier) ListVaultsRequest(input *ListVaultsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListVaultsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opListVaults,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/{accountId}/vaults",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "limit",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ListVaultsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ListVaultsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListVaults API operation for Amazon Glacier.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation lists all vaults owned by the calling user's account. The
|
|
// list returned in the response is ASCII-sorted by vault name.
|
|
//
|
|
// By default, this operation returns up to 1,000 items. If there are more vaults
|
|
// to list, the response marker field contains the vault Amazon Resource Name
|
|
// (ARN) at which to continue the list with a new List Vaults request; otherwise,
|
|
// the marker field is null. To return a list of vaults that begins at a specific
|
|
// vault, set the marker request parameter to the vault ARN you obtained from
|
|
// a previous List Vaults request. You can also limit the number of vaults returned
|
|
// in the response by specifying the limit parameter in the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// An AWS account has full permission to perform all operations (actions). However,
|
|
// AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) users don't have any permissions
|
|
// by default. You must grant them explicit permission to perform specific actions.
|
|
// For more information, see Access Control Using AWS Identity and Access Management
|
|
// (IAM) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/using-iam-with-amazon-glacier.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// For conceptual information and underlying REST API, see Retrieving Vault
|
|
// Metadata in Amazon Glacier (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/retrieving-vault-info.html)
|
|
// and List Vaults (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-vaults-get.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Glacier Developer Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's
|
|
// API operation ListVaults for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// Returned if the specified resource (such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID)
|
|
// doesn't exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// Returned if the service cannot complete the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Glacier) ListVaults(input *ListVaultsInput) (*ListVaultsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ListVaultsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListVaultsWithContext is the same as ListVaults with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListVaults for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Glacier) ListVaultsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListVaultsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListVaultsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ListVaultsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListVaultsPages iterates over the pages of a ListVaults operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListVaults method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListVaults operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.ListVaultsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *ListVaultsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Glacier) ListVaultsPages(input *ListVaultsInput, fn func(*ListVaultsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.ListVaultsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListVaultsPagesWithContext same as ListVaultsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Glacier) ListVaultsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListVaultsInput, fn func(*ListVaultsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *ListVaultsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.ListVaultsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListVaultsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opPurchaseProvisionedCapacity = "PurchaseProvisionedCapacity"
|
|
|
|
// PurchaseProvisionedCapacityRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the PurchaseProvisionedCapacity operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See PurchaseProvisionedCapacity for more information on using the PurchaseProvisionedCapacity
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the PurchaseProvisionedCapacityRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.PurchaseProvisionedCapacityRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *Glacier) PurchaseProvisionedCapacityRequest(input *PurchaseProvisionedCapacityInput) (req *request.Request, output *PurchaseProvisionedCapacityOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opPurchaseProvisionedCapacity,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/{accountId}/provisioned-capacity",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &PurchaseProvisionedCapacityInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &PurchaseProvisionedCapacityOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// PurchaseProvisionedCapacity API operation for Amazon Glacier.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation purchases a provisioned capacity unit for an AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's
|
|
// API operation PurchaseProvisionedCapacity for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
|
|
// Returned if the request results in a vault or account limit being exceeded.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// Returned if the service cannot complete the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Glacier) PurchaseProvisionedCapacity(input *PurchaseProvisionedCapacityInput) (*PurchaseProvisionedCapacityOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.PurchaseProvisionedCapacityRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// PurchaseProvisionedCapacityWithContext is the same as PurchaseProvisionedCapacity with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See PurchaseProvisionedCapacity for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Glacier) PurchaseProvisionedCapacityWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PurchaseProvisionedCapacityInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PurchaseProvisionedCapacityOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.PurchaseProvisionedCapacityRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRemoveTagsFromVault = "RemoveTagsFromVault"
|
|
|
|
// RemoveTagsFromVaultRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RemoveTagsFromVault operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RemoveTagsFromVault for more information on using the RemoveTagsFromVault
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RemoveTagsFromVaultRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RemoveTagsFromVaultRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *Glacier) RemoveTagsFromVaultRequest(input *RemoveTagsFromVaultInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveTagsFromVaultOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRemoveTagsFromVault,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/{accountId}/vaults/{vaultName}/tags?operation=remove",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RemoveTagsFromVaultInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RemoveTagsFromVaultOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restjson.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RemoveTagsFromVault API operation for Amazon Glacier.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation removes one or more tags from the set of tags attached to
|
|
// a vault. For more information about tags, see Tagging Amazon Glacier Resources
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/tagging.html). This
|
|
// operation is idempotent. The operation will be successful, even if there
|
|
// are no tags attached to the vault.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's
|
|
// API operation RemoveTagsFromVault for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// Returned if the specified resource (such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID)
|
|
// doesn't exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// Returned if the service cannot complete the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Glacier) RemoveTagsFromVault(input *RemoveTagsFromVaultInput) (*RemoveTagsFromVaultOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RemoveTagsFromVaultRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RemoveTagsFromVaultWithContext is the same as RemoveTagsFromVault with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RemoveTagsFromVault for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Glacier) RemoveTagsFromVaultWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveTagsFromVaultInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveTagsFromVaultOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RemoveTagsFromVaultRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opSetDataRetrievalPolicy = "SetDataRetrievalPolicy"
|
|
|
|
// SetDataRetrievalPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the SetDataRetrievalPolicy operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See SetDataRetrievalPolicy for more information on using the SetDataRetrievalPolicy
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the SetDataRetrievalPolicyRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.SetDataRetrievalPolicyRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *Glacier) SetDataRetrievalPolicyRequest(input *SetDataRetrievalPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *SetDataRetrievalPolicyOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opSetDataRetrievalPolicy,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/{accountId}/policies/data-retrieval",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &SetDataRetrievalPolicyInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &SetDataRetrievalPolicyOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restjson.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDataRetrievalPolicy API operation for Amazon Glacier.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation sets and then enacts a data retrieval policy in the region
|
|
// specified in the PUT request. You can set one policy per region for an AWS
|
|
// account. The policy is enacted within a few minutes of a successful PUT operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The set policy operation does not affect retrieval jobs that were in progress
|
|
// before the policy was enacted. For more information about data retrieval
|
|
// policies, see Amazon Glacier Data Retrieval Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/data-retrieval-policy.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's
|
|
// API operation SetDataRetrievalPolicy for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// Returned if the service cannot complete the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Glacier) SetDataRetrievalPolicy(input *SetDataRetrievalPolicyInput) (*SetDataRetrievalPolicyOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.SetDataRetrievalPolicyRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDataRetrievalPolicyWithContext is the same as SetDataRetrievalPolicy with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See SetDataRetrievalPolicy for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Glacier) SetDataRetrievalPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *SetDataRetrievalPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*SetDataRetrievalPolicyOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.SetDataRetrievalPolicyRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opSetVaultAccessPolicy = "SetVaultAccessPolicy"
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultAccessPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the SetVaultAccessPolicy operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See SetVaultAccessPolicy for more information on using the SetVaultAccessPolicy
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the SetVaultAccessPolicyRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.SetVaultAccessPolicyRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *Glacier) SetVaultAccessPolicyRequest(input *SetVaultAccessPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *SetVaultAccessPolicyOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opSetVaultAccessPolicy,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/{accountId}/vaults/{vaultName}/access-policy",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &SetVaultAccessPolicyInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &SetVaultAccessPolicyOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restjson.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultAccessPolicy API operation for Amazon Glacier.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation configures an access policy for a vault and will overwrite
|
|
// an existing policy. To configure a vault access policy, send a PUT request
|
|
// to the access-policy subresource of the vault. An access policy is specific
|
|
// to a vault and is also called a vault subresource. You can set one access
|
|
// policy per vault and the policy can be up to 20 KB in size. For more information
|
|
// about vault access policies, see Amazon Glacier Access Control with Vault
|
|
// Access Policies (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/vault-access-policy.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's
|
|
// API operation SetVaultAccessPolicy for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// Returned if the specified resource (such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID)
|
|
// doesn't exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// Returned if the service cannot complete the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Glacier) SetVaultAccessPolicy(input *SetVaultAccessPolicyInput) (*SetVaultAccessPolicyOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.SetVaultAccessPolicyRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultAccessPolicyWithContext is the same as SetVaultAccessPolicy with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See SetVaultAccessPolicy for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Glacier) SetVaultAccessPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *SetVaultAccessPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*SetVaultAccessPolicyOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.SetVaultAccessPolicyRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opSetVaultNotifications = "SetVaultNotifications"
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultNotificationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the SetVaultNotifications operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See SetVaultNotifications for more information on using the SetVaultNotifications
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the SetVaultNotificationsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.SetVaultNotificationsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *Glacier) SetVaultNotificationsRequest(input *SetVaultNotificationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *SetVaultNotificationsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opSetVaultNotifications,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/{accountId}/vaults/{vaultName}/notification-configuration",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &SetVaultNotificationsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &SetVaultNotificationsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restjson.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultNotifications API operation for Amazon Glacier.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation configures notifications that will be sent when specific events
|
|
// happen to a vault. By default, you don't get any notifications.
|
|
//
|
|
// To configure vault notifications, send a PUT request to the notification-configuration
|
|
// subresource of the vault. The request should include a JSON document that
|
|
// provides an Amazon SNS topic and specific events for which you want Amazon
|
|
// Glacier to send notifications to the topic.
|
|
//
|
|
// Amazon SNS topics must grant permission to the vault to be allowed to publish
|
|
// notifications to the topic. You can configure a vault to publish a notification
|
|
// for the following vault events:
|
|
//
|
|
// * ArchiveRetrievalCompleted This event occurs when a job that was initiated
|
|
// for an archive retrieval is completed (InitiateJob). The status of the
|
|
// completed job can be "Succeeded" or "Failed". The notification sent to
|
|
// the SNS topic is the same output as returned from DescribeJob.
|
|
//
|
|
// * InventoryRetrievalCompleted This event occurs when a job that was initiated
|
|
// for an inventory retrieval is completed (InitiateJob). The status of the
|
|
// completed job can be "Succeeded" or "Failed". The notification sent to
|
|
// the SNS topic is the same output as returned from DescribeJob.
|
|
//
|
|
// An AWS account has full permission to perform all operations (actions). However,
|
|
// AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) users don't have any permissions
|
|
// by default. You must grant them explicit permission to perform specific actions.
|
|
// For more information, see Access Control Using AWS Identity and Access Management
|
|
// (IAM) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/using-iam-with-amazon-glacier.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// For conceptual information and underlying REST API, see Configuring Vault
|
|
// Notifications in Amazon Glacier (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/configuring-notifications.html)
|
|
// and Set Vault Notification Configuration (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-vault-notifications-put.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Glacier Developer Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's
|
|
// API operation SetVaultNotifications for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// Returned if the specified resource (such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID)
|
|
// doesn't exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// Returned if the service cannot complete the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Glacier) SetVaultNotifications(input *SetVaultNotificationsInput) (*SetVaultNotificationsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.SetVaultNotificationsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultNotificationsWithContext is the same as SetVaultNotifications with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See SetVaultNotifications for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Glacier) SetVaultNotificationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *SetVaultNotificationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*SetVaultNotificationsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.SetVaultNotificationsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opUploadArchive = "UploadArchive"
|
|
|
|
// UploadArchiveRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the UploadArchive operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UploadArchive for more information on using the UploadArchive
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the UploadArchiveRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.UploadArchiveRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *Glacier) UploadArchiveRequest(input *UploadArchiveInput) (req *request.Request, output *ArchiveCreationOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opUploadArchive,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/{accountId}/vaults/{vaultName}/archives",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &UploadArchiveInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ArchiveCreationOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UploadArchive API operation for Amazon Glacier.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation adds an archive to a vault. This is a synchronous operation,
|
|
// and for a successful upload, your data is durably persisted. Amazon Glacier
|
|
// returns the archive ID in the x-amz-archive-id header of the response.
|
|
//
|
|
// You must use the archive ID to access your data in Amazon Glacier. After
|
|
// you upload an archive, you should save the archive ID returned so that you
|
|
// can retrieve or delete the archive later. Besides saving the archive ID,
|
|
// you can also index it and give it a friendly name to allow for better searching.
|
|
// You can also use the optional archive description field to specify how the
|
|
// archive is referred to in an external index of archives, such as you might
|
|
// create in Amazon DynamoDB. You can also get the vault inventory to obtain
|
|
// a list of archive IDs in a vault. For more information, see InitiateJob.
|
|
//
|
|
// You must provide a SHA256 tree hash of the data you are uploading. For information
|
|
// about computing a SHA256 tree hash, see Computing Checksums (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/checksum-calculations.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// You can optionally specify an archive description of up to 1,024 printable
|
|
// ASCII characters. You can get the archive description when you either retrieve
|
|
// the archive or get the vault inventory. For more information, see InitiateJob.
|
|
// Amazon Glacier does not interpret the description in any way. An archive
|
|
// description does not need to be unique. You cannot use the description to
|
|
// retrieve or sort the archive list.
|
|
//
|
|
// Archives are immutable. After you upload an archive, you cannot edit the
|
|
// archive or its description.
|
|
//
|
|
// An AWS account has full permission to perform all operations (actions). However,
|
|
// AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) users don't have any permissions
|
|
// by default. You must grant them explicit permission to perform specific actions.
|
|
// For more information, see Access Control Using AWS Identity and Access Management
|
|
// (IAM) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/using-iam-with-amazon-glacier.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// For conceptual information and underlying REST API, see Uploading an Archive
|
|
// in Amazon Glacier (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/uploading-an-archive.html)
|
|
// and Upload Archive (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-archive-post.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Glacier Developer Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's
|
|
// API operation UploadArchive for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// Returned if the specified resource (such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID)
|
|
// doesn't exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRequestTimeoutException "RequestTimeoutException"
|
|
// Returned if, when uploading an archive, Amazon Glacier times out while receiving
|
|
// the upload.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// Returned if the service cannot complete the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Glacier) UploadArchive(input *UploadArchiveInput) (*ArchiveCreationOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UploadArchiveRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UploadArchiveWithContext is the same as UploadArchive with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UploadArchive for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Glacier) UploadArchiveWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UploadArchiveInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ArchiveCreationOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UploadArchiveRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opUploadMultipartPart = "UploadMultipartPart"
|
|
|
|
// UploadMultipartPartRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the UploadMultipartPart operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UploadMultipartPart for more information on using the UploadMultipartPart
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the UploadMultipartPartRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.UploadMultipartPartRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
func (c *Glacier) UploadMultipartPartRequest(input *UploadMultipartPartInput) (req *request.Request, output *UploadMultipartPartOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opUploadMultipartPart,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/{accountId}/vaults/{vaultName}/multipart-uploads/{uploadId}",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &UploadMultipartPartInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &UploadMultipartPartOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UploadMultipartPart API operation for Amazon Glacier.
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation uploads a part of an archive. You can upload archive parts
|
|
// in any order. You can also upload them in parallel. You can upload up to
|
|
// 10,000 parts for a multipart upload.
|
|
//
|
|
// Amazon Glacier rejects your upload part request if any of the following conditions
|
|
// is true:
|
|
//
|
|
// * SHA256 tree hash does not matchTo ensure that part data is not corrupted
|
|
// in transmission, you compute a SHA256 tree hash of the part and include
|
|
// it in your request. Upon receiving the part data, Amazon Glacier also
|
|
// computes a SHA256 tree hash. If these hash values don't match, the operation
|
|
// fails. For information about computing a SHA256 tree hash, see Computing
|
|
// Checksums (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/checksum-calculations.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// * Part size does not matchThe size of each part except the last must match
|
|
// the size specified in the corresponding InitiateMultipartUpload request.
|
|
// The size of the last part must be the same size as, or smaller than, the
|
|
// specified size.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you upload a part whose size is smaller than the part size you specified
|
|
// in your initiate multipart upload request and that part is not the last
|
|
// part, then the upload part request will succeed. However, the subsequent
|
|
// Complete Multipart Upload request will fail.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Range does not alignThe byte range value in the request does not align
|
|
// with the part size specified in the corresponding initiate request. For
|
|
// example, if you specify a part size of 4194304 bytes (4 MB), then 0 to
|
|
// 4194303 bytes (4 MB - 1) and 4194304 (4 MB) to 8388607 (8 MB - 1) are
|
|
// valid part ranges. However, if you set a range value of 2 MB to 6 MB,
|
|
// the range does not align with the part size and the upload will fail.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// This operation is idempotent. If you upload the same part multiple times,
|
|
// the data included in the most recent request overwrites the previously uploaded
|
|
// data.
|
|
//
|
|
// An AWS account has full permission to perform all operations (actions). However,
|
|
// AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) users don't have any permissions
|
|
// by default. You must grant them explicit permission to perform specific actions.
|
|
// For more information, see Access Control Using AWS Identity and Access Management
|
|
// (IAM) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/using-iam-with-amazon-glacier.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// For conceptual information and underlying REST API, see Uploading Large Archives
|
|
// in Parts (Multipart Upload) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/uploading-archive-mpu.html)
|
|
// and Upload Part (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-upload-part.html)
|
|
// in the Amazon Glacier Developer Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Glacier's
|
|
// API operation UploadMultipartPart for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
|
// Returned if the specified resource (such as a vault, upload ID, or job ID)
|
|
// doesn't exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a parameter of the request is incorrectly specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
|
// Returned if a required header or parameter is missing from the request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRequestTimeoutException "RequestTimeoutException"
|
|
// Returned if, when uploading an archive, Amazon Glacier times out while receiving
|
|
// the upload.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
|
// Returned if the service cannot complete the request.
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *Glacier) UploadMultipartPart(input *UploadMultipartPartInput) (*UploadMultipartPartOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UploadMultipartPartRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UploadMultipartPartWithContext is the same as UploadMultipartPart with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UploadMultipartPart for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *Glacier) UploadMultipartPartWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UploadMultipartPartInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UploadMultipartPartOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UploadMultipartPartRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Provides options to abort a multipart upload identified by the upload ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// For information about the underlying REST API, see Abort Multipart Upload
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-multipart-abort-upload.html).
|
|
// For conceptual information, see Working with Archives in Amazon Glacier (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/working-with-archives.html).
|
|
type AbortMultipartUploadInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AccountId value is the AWS account ID of the account that owns the vault.
|
|
// You can either specify an AWS account ID or optionally a single '-' (hyphen),
|
|
// in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the
|
|
// credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, do not include
|
|
// any hyphens ('-') in the ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// AccountId is a required field
|
|
AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The upload ID of the multipart upload to delete.
|
|
//
|
|
// UploadId is a required field
|
|
UploadId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the vault.
|
|
//
|
|
// VaultName is a required field
|
|
VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AbortMultipartUploadInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AbortMultipartUploadInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AbortMultipartUploadInput"}
|
|
if s.AccountId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccountId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.UploadId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VaultName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VaultName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetAccountId(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput {
|
|
s.AccountId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetUploadId(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput {
|
|
s.UploadId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultName sets the VaultName field's value.
|
|
func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetVaultName(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput {
|
|
s.VaultName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type AbortMultipartUploadOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AbortMultipartUploadOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AbortMultipartUploadOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The input values for AbortVaultLock.
|
|
type AbortVaultLockInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AccountId value is the AWS account ID. This value must match the AWS
|
|
// account ID associated with the credentials used to sign the request. You
|
|
// can either specify an AWS account ID or optionally a single '-' (hyphen),
|
|
// in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the
|
|
// credentials used to sign the request. If you specify your account ID, do
|
|
// not include any hyphens ('-') in the ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// AccountId is a required field
|
|
AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the vault.
|
|
//
|
|
// VaultName is a required field
|
|
VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AbortVaultLockInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AbortVaultLockInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *AbortVaultLockInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AbortVaultLockInput"}
|
|
if s.AccountId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccountId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VaultName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VaultName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AbortVaultLockInput) SetAccountId(v string) *AbortVaultLockInput {
|
|
s.AccountId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultName sets the VaultName field's value.
|
|
func (s *AbortVaultLockInput) SetVaultName(v string) *AbortVaultLockInput {
|
|
s.VaultName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type AbortVaultLockOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AbortVaultLockOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AbortVaultLockOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The input values for AddTagsToVault.
|
|
type AddTagsToVaultInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AccountId value is the AWS account ID of the account that owns the vault.
|
|
// You can either specify an AWS account ID or optionally a single '-' (hyphen),
|
|
// in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the
|
|
// credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, do not include
|
|
// any hyphens ('-') in the ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// AccountId is a required field
|
|
AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The tags to add to the vault. Each tag is composed of a key and a value.
|
|
// The value can be an empty string.
|
|
Tags map[string]*string `type:"map"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the vault.
|
|
//
|
|
// VaultName is a required field
|
|
VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddTagsToVaultInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddTagsToVaultInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *AddTagsToVaultInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddTagsToVaultInput"}
|
|
if s.AccountId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccountId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VaultName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VaultName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
|
|
func (s *AddTagsToVaultInput) SetAccountId(v string) *AddTagsToVaultInput {
|
|
s.AccountId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *AddTagsToVaultInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *AddTagsToVaultInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultName sets the VaultName field's value.
|
|
func (s *AddTagsToVaultInput) SetVaultName(v string) *AddTagsToVaultInput {
|
|
s.VaultName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type AddTagsToVaultOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddTagsToVaultOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddTagsToVaultOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the Amazon Glacier response to your request.
|
|
//
|
|
// For information about the underlying REST API, see Upload Archive (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-archive-post.html).
|
|
// For conceptual information, see Working with Archives in Amazon Glacier (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/working-with-archives.html).
|
|
type ArchiveCreationOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the archive. This value is also included as part of the location.
|
|
ArchiveId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-archive-id" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The checksum of the archive computed by Amazon Glacier.
|
|
Checksum *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-sha256-tree-hash" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The relative URI path of the newly added archive resource.
|
|
Location *string `location:"header" locationName:"Location" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ArchiveCreationOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ArchiveCreationOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetArchiveId sets the ArchiveId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ArchiveCreationOutput) SetArchiveId(v string) *ArchiveCreationOutput {
|
|
s.ArchiveId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetChecksum sets the Checksum field's value.
|
|
func (s *ArchiveCreationOutput) SetChecksum(v string) *ArchiveCreationOutput {
|
|
s.Checksum = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLocation sets the Location field's value.
|
|
func (s *ArchiveCreationOutput) SetLocation(v string) *ArchiveCreationOutput {
|
|
s.Location = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains information about the comma-separated value (CSV) file to select
|
|
// from.
|
|
type CSVInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A single character used to indicate that a row should be ignored when the
|
|
// character is present at the start of that row.
|
|
Comments *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A value used to separate individual fields from each other within a record.
|
|
FieldDelimiter *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes the first line of input. Valid values are None, Ignore, and Use.
|
|
FileHeaderInfo *string `type:"string" enum:"FileHeaderInfo"`
|
|
|
|
// A value used as an escape character where the field delimiter is part of
|
|
// the value.
|
|
QuoteCharacter *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A single character used for escaping the quotation-mark character inside
|
|
// an already escaped value.
|
|
QuoteEscapeCharacter *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A value used to separate individual records from each other.
|
|
RecordDelimiter *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CSVInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CSVInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetComments sets the Comments field's value.
|
|
func (s *CSVInput) SetComments(v string) *CSVInput {
|
|
s.Comments = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFieldDelimiter sets the FieldDelimiter field's value.
|
|
func (s *CSVInput) SetFieldDelimiter(v string) *CSVInput {
|
|
s.FieldDelimiter = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFileHeaderInfo sets the FileHeaderInfo field's value.
|
|
func (s *CSVInput) SetFileHeaderInfo(v string) *CSVInput {
|
|
s.FileHeaderInfo = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetQuoteCharacter sets the QuoteCharacter field's value.
|
|
func (s *CSVInput) SetQuoteCharacter(v string) *CSVInput {
|
|
s.QuoteCharacter = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetQuoteEscapeCharacter sets the QuoteEscapeCharacter field's value.
|
|
func (s *CSVInput) SetQuoteEscapeCharacter(v string) *CSVInput {
|
|
s.QuoteEscapeCharacter = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRecordDelimiter sets the RecordDelimiter field's value.
|
|
func (s *CSVInput) SetRecordDelimiter(v string) *CSVInput {
|
|
s.RecordDelimiter = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains information about the comma-separated value (CSV) file that the
|
|
// job results are stored in.
|
|
type CSVOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A value used to separate individual fields from each other within a record.
|
|
FieldDelimiter *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A value used as an escape character where the field delimiter is part of
|
|
// the value.
|
|
QuoteCharacter *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A single character used for escaping the quotation-mark character inside
|
|
// an already escaped value.
|
|
QuoteEscapeCharacter *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A value that indicates whether all output fields should be contained within
|
|
// quotation marks.
|
|
QuoteFields *string `type:"string" enum:"QuoteFields"`
|
|
|
|
// A value used to separate individual records from each other.
|
|
RecordDelimiter *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CSVOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CSVOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFieldDelimiter sets the FieldDelimiter field's value.
|
|
func (s *CSVOutput) SetFieldDelimiter(v string) *CSVOutput {
|
|
s.FieldDelimiter = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetQuoteCharacter sets the QuoteCharacter field's value.
|
|
func (s *CSVOutput) SetQuoteCharacter(v string) *CSVOutput {
|
|
s.QuoteCharacter = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetQuoteEscapeCharacter sets the QuoteEscapeCharacter field's value.
|
|
func (s *CSVOutput) SetQuoteEscapeCharacter(v string) *CSVOutput {
|
|
s.QuoteEscapeCharacter = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetQuoteFields sets the QuoteFields field's value.
|
|
func (s *CSVOutput) SetQuoteFields(v string) *CSVOutput {
|
|
s.QuoteFields = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRecordDelimiter sets the RecordDelimiter field's value.
|
|
func (s *CSVOutput) SetRecordDelimiter(v string) *CSVOutput {
|
|
s.RecordDelimiter = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Provides options to complete a multipart upload operation. This informs Amazon
|
|
// Glacier that all the archive parts have been uploaded and Amazon Glacier
|
|
// can now assemble the archive from the uploaded parts. After assembling and
|
|
// saving the archive to the vault, Amazon Glacier returns the URI path of the
|
|
// newly created archive resource.
|
|
type CompleteMultipartUploadInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AccountId value is the AWS account ID of the account that owns the vault.
|
|
// You can either specify an AWS account ID or optionally a single '-' (hyphen),
|
|
// in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the
|
|
// credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, do not include
|
|
// any hyphens ('-') in the ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// AccountId is a required field
|
|
AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The total size, in bytes, of the entire archive. This value should be the
|
|
// sum of all the sizes of the individual parts that you uploaded.
|
|
ArchiveSize *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-archive-size" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The SHA256 tree hash of the entire archive. It is the tree hash of SHA256
|
|
// tree hash of the individual parts. If the value you specify in the request
|
|
// does not match the SHA256 tree hash of the final assembled archive as computed
|
|
// by Amazon Glacier, Amazon Glacier returns an error and the request fails.
|
|
Checksum *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-sha256-tree-hash" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The upload ID of the multipart upload.
|
|
//
|
|
// UploadId is a required field
|
|
UploadId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the vault.
|
|
//
|
|
// VaultName is a required field
|
|
VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CompleteMultipartUploadInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CompleteMultipartUploadInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CompleteMultipartUploadInput"}
|
|
if s.AccountId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccountId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.UploadId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VaultName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VaultName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetAccountId(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput {
|
|
s.AccountId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetArchiveSize sets the ArchiveSize field's value.
|
|
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetArchiveSize(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput {
|
|
s.ArchiveSize = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetChecksum sets the Checksum field's value.
|
|
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetChecksum(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput {
|
|
s.Checksum = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetUploadId(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput {
|
|
s.UploadId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultName sets the VaultName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetVaultName(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput {
|
|
s.VaultName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The input values for CompleteVaultLock.
|
|
type CompleteVaultLockInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AccountId value is the AWS account ID. This value must match the AWS
|
|
// account ID associated with the credentials used to sign the request. You
|
|
// can either specify an AWS account ID or optionally a single '-' (hyphen),
|
|
// in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the
|
|
// credentials used to sign the request. If you specify your account ID, do
|
|
// not include any hyphens ('-') in the ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// AccountId is a required field
|
|
AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The lockId value is the lock ID obtained from a InitiateVaultLock request.
|
|
//
|
|
// LockId is a required field
|
|
LockId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"lockId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the vault.
|
|
//
|
|
// VaultName is a required field
|
|
VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CompleteVaultLockInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CompleteVaultLockInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CompleteVaultLockInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CompleteVaultLockInput"}
|
|
if s.AccountId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccountId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.LockId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LockId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VaultName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VaultName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CompleteVaultLockInput) SetAccountId(v string) *CompleteVaultLockInput {
|
|
s.AccountId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLockId sets the LockId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CompleteVaultLockInput) SetLockId(v string) *CompleteVaultLockInput {
|
|
s.LockId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultName sets the VaultName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CompleteVaultLockInput) SetVaultName(v string) *CompleteVaultLockInput {
|
|
s.VaultName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CompleteVaultLockOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CompleteVaultLockOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CompleteVaultLockOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Provides options to create a vault.
|
|
type CreateVaultInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AccountId value is the AWS account ID. This value must match the AWS
|
|
// account ID associated with the credentials used to sign the request. You
|
|
// can either specify an AWS account ID or optionally a single '-' (hyphen),
|
|
// in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the
|
|
// credentials used to sign the request. If you specify your account ID, do
|
|
// not include any hyphens ('-') in the ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// AccountId is a required field
|
|
AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the vault.
|
|
//
|
|
// VaultName is a required field
|
|
VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVaultInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVaultInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateVaultInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateVaultInput"}
|
|
if s.AccountId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccountId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VaultName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VaultName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVaultInput) SetAccountId(v string) *CreateVaultInput {
|
|
s.AccountId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultName sets the VaultName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVaultInput) SetVaultName(v string) *CreateVaultInput {
|
|
s.VaultName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the Amazon Glacier response to your request.
|
|
type CreateVaultOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The URI of the vault that was created.
|
|
Location *string `location:"header" locationName:"Location" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVaultOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateVaultOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLocation sets the Location field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateVaultOutput) SetLocation(v string) *CreateVaultOutput {
|
|
s.Location = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Data retrieval policy.
|
|
type DataRetrievalPolicy struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The policy rule. Although this is a list type, currently there must be only
|
|
// one rule, which contains a Strategy field and optionally a BytesPerHour field.
|
|
Rules []*DataRetrievalRule `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DataRetrievalPolicy) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DataRetrievalPolicy) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRules sets the Rules field's value.
|
|
func (s *DataRetrievalPolicy) SetRules(v []*DataRetrievalRule) *DataRetrievalPolicy {
|
|
s.Rules = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Data retrieval policy rule.
|
|
type DataRetrievalRule struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of bytes that can be retrieved in an hour.
|
|
//
|
|
// This field is required only if the value of the Strategy field is BytesPerHour.
|
|
// Your PUT operation will be rejected if the Strategy field is not set to BytesPerHour
|
|
// and you set this field.
|
|
BytesPerHour *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of data retrieval policy to set.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: BytesPerHour|FreeTier|None
|
|
Strategy *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DataRetrievalRule) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DataRetrievalRule) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBytesPerHour sets the BytesPerHour field's value.
|
|
func (s *DataRetrievalRule) SetBytesPerHour(v int64) *DataRetrievalRule {
|
|
s.BytesPerHour = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStrategy sets the Strategy field's value.
|
|
func (s *DataRetrievalRule) SetStrategy(v string) *DataRetrievalRule {
|
|
s.Strategy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Provides options for deleting an archive from an Amazon Glacier vault.
|
|
type DeleteArchiveInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AccountId value is the AWS account ID of the account that owns the vault.
|
|
// You can either specify an AWS account ID or optionally a single '-' (hyphen),
|
|
// in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the
|
|
// credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, do not include
|
|
// any hyphens ('-') in the ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// AccountId is a required field
|
|
AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the archive to delete.
|
|
//
|
|
// ArchiveId is a required field
|
|
ArchiveId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"archiveId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the vault.
|
|
//
|
|
// VaultName is a required field
|
|
VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteArchiveInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteArchiveInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteArchiveInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteArchiveInput"}
|
|
if s.AccountId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccountId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ArchiveId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ArchiveId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VaultName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VaultName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteArchiveInput) SetAccountId(v string) *DeleteArchiveInput {
|
|
s.AccountId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetArchiveId sets the ArchiveId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteArchiveInput) SetArchiveId(v string) *DeleteArchiveInput {
|
|
s.ArchiveId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultName sets the VaultName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteArchiveInput) SetVaultName(v string) *DeleteArchiveInput {
|
|
s.VaultName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteArchiveOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteArchiveOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteArchiveOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteVaultAccessPolicy input.
|
|
type DeleteVaultAccessPolicyInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AccountId value is the AWS account ID of the account that owns the vault.
|
|
// You can either specify an AWS account ID or optionally a single '-' (hyphen),
|
|
// in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the
|
|
// credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, do not include
|
|
// any hyphens ('-') in the ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// AccountId is a required field
|
|
AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the vault.
|
|
//
|
|
// VaultName is a required field
|
|
VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVaultAccessPolicyInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVaultAccessPolicyInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVaultAccessPolicyInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteVaultAccessPolicyInput"}
|
|
if s.AccountId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccountId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VaultName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VaultName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVaultAccessPolicyInput) SetAccountId(v string) *DeleteVaultAccessPolicyInput {
|
|
s.AccountId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultName sets the VaultName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVaultAccessPolicyInput) SetVaultName(v string) *DeleteVaultAccessPolicyInput {
|
|
s.VaultName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteVaultAccessPolicyOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVaultAccessPolicyOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVaultAccessPolicyOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Provides options for deleting a vault from Amazon Glacier.
|
|
type DeleteVaultInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AccountId value is the AWS account ID of the account that owns the vault.
|
|
// You can either specify an AWS account ID or optionally a single '-' (hyphen),
|
|
// in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the
|
|
// credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, do not include
|
|
// any hyphens ('-') in the ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// AccountId is a required field
|
|
AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the vault.
|
|
//
|
|
// VaultName is a required field
|
|
VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVaultInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVaultInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVaultInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteVaultInput"}
|
|
if s.AccountId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccountId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VaultName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VaultName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVaultInput) SetAccountId(v string) *DeleteVaultInput {
|
|
s.AccountId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultName sets the VaultName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVaultInput) SetVaultName(v string) *DeleteVaultInput {
|
|
s.VaultName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Provides options for deleting a vault notification configuration from an
|
|
// Amazon Glacier vault.
|
|
type DeleteVaultNotificationsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AccountId value is the AWS account ID of the account that owns the vault.
|
|
// You can either specify an AWS account ID or optionally a single '-' (hyphen),
|
|
// in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the
|
|
// credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, do not include
|
|
// any hyphens ('-') in the ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// AccountId is a required field
|
|
AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the vault.
|
|
//
|
|
// VaultName is a required field
|
|
VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVaultNotificationsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVaultNotificationsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVaultNotificationsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteVaultNotificationsInput"}
|
|
if s.AccountId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccountId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VaultName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VaultName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVaultNotificationsInput) SetAccountId(v string) *DeleteVaultNotificationsInput {
|
|
s.AccountId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultName sets the VaultName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteVaultNotificationsInput) SetVaultName(v string) *DeleteVaultNotificationsInput {
|
|
s.VaultName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteVaultNotificationsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVaultNotificationsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVaultNotificationsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteVaultOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVaultOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteVaultOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Provides options for retrieving a job description.
|
|
type DescribeJobInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AccountId value is the AWS account ID of the account that owns the vault.
|
|
// You can either specify an AWS account ID or optionally a single '-' (hyphen),
|
|
// in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the
|
|
// credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, do not include
|
|
// any hyphens ('-') in the ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// AccountId is a required field
|
|
AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the job to describe.
|
|
//
|
|
// JobId is a required field
|
|
JobId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"jobId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the vault.
|
|
//
|
|
// VaultName is a required field
|
|
VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeJobInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeJobInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeJobInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeJobInput"}
|
|
if s.AccountId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccountId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.JobId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("JobId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VaultName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VaultName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeJobInput) SetAccountId(v string) *DescribeJobInput {
|
|
s.AccountId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetJobId sets the JobId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeJobInput) SetJobId(v string) *DescribeJobInput {
|
|
s.JobId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultName sets the VaultName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeJobInput) SetVaultName(v string) *DescribeJobInput {
|
|
s.VaultName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Provides options for retrieving metadata for a specific vault in Amazon Glacier.
|
|
type DescribeVaultInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AccountId value is the AWS account ID of the account that owns the vault.
|
|
// You can either specify an AWS account ID or optionally a single '-' (hyphen),
|
|
// in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the
|
|
// credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, do not include
|
|
// any hyphens ('-') in the ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// AccountId is a required field
|
|
AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the vault.
|
|
//
|
|
// VaultName is a required field
|
|
VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVaultInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVaultInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVaultInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeVaultInput"}
|
|
if s.AccountId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccountId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VaultName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VaultName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVaultInput) SetAccountId(v string) *DescribeVaultInput {
|
|
s.AccountId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultName sets the VaultName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVaultInput) SetVaultName(v string) *DescribeVaultInput {
|
|
s.VaultName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the Amazon Glacier response to your request.
|
|
type DescribeVaultOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) date when the vault was created. This
|
|
// value should be a string in the ISO 8601 date format, for example 2012-03-20T17:03:43.221Z.
|
|
CreationDate *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) date when Amazon Glacier completed the
|
|
// last vault inventory. This value should be a string in the ISO 8601 date
|
|
// format, for example 2012-03-20T17:03:43.221Z.
|
|
LastInventoryDate *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of archives in the vault as of the last inventory date. This field
|
|
// will return null if an inventory has not yet run on the vault, for example
|
|
// if you just created the vault.
|
|
NumberOfArchives *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// Total size, in bytes, of the archives in the vault as of the last inventory
|
|
// date. This field will return null if an inventory has not yet run on the
|
|
// vault, for example if you just created the vault.
|
|
SizeInBytes *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the vault.
|
|
VaultARN *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the vault.
|
|
VaultName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVaultOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeVaultOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVaultOutput) SetCreationDate(v string) *DescribeVaultOutput {
|
|
s.CreationDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLastInventoryDate sets the LastInventoryDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVaultOutput) SetLastInventoryDate(v string) *DescribeVaultOutput {
|
|
s.LastInventoryDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNumberOfArchives sets the NumberOfArchives field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVaultOutput) SetNumberOfArchives(v int64) *DescribeVaultOutput {
|
|
s.NumberOfArchives = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSizeInBytes sets the SizeInBytes field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVaultOutput) SetSizeInBytes(v int64) *DescribeVaultOutput {
|
|
s.SizeInBytes = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultARN sets the VaultARN field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVaultOutput) SetVaultARN(v string) *DescribeVaultOutput {
|
|
s.VaultARN = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultName sets the VaultName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeVaultOutput) SetVaultName(v string) *DescribeVaultOutput {
|
|
s.VaultName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains information about the encryption used to store the job results in
|
|
// Amazon S3.
|
|
type Encryption struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing job results in Amazon
|
|
// S3, for example AES256 or aws:kms.
|
|
EncryptionType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncryptionType"`
|
|
|
|
// Optional. If the encryption type is aws:kms, you can use this value to specify
|
|
// the encryption context for the job results.
|
|
KMSContext *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS KMS key ID to use for object encryption. All GET and PUT requests
|
|
// for an object protected by AWS KMS fail if not made by using Secure Sockets
|
|
// Layer (SSL) or Signature Version 4.
|
|
KMSKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Encryption) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Encryption) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEncryptionType sets the EncryptionType field's value.
|
|
func (s *Encryption) SetEncryptionType(v string) *Encryption {
|
|
s.EncryptionType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKMSContext sets the KMSContext field's value.
|
|
func (s *Encryption) SetKMSContext(v string) *Encryption {
|
|
s.KMSContext = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKMSKeyId sets the KMSKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Encryption) SetKMSKeyId(v string) *Encryption {
|
|
s.KMSKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Input for GetDataRetrievalPolicy.
|
|
type GetDataRetrievalPolicyInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AccountId value is the AWS account ID. This value must match the AWS
|
|
// account ID associated with the credentials used to sign the request. You
|
|
// can either specify an AWS account ID or optionally a single '-' (hyphen),
|
|
// in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the
|
|
// credentials used to sign the request. If you specify your account ID, do
|
|
// not include any hyphens ('-') in the ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// AccountId is a required field
|
|
AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetDataRetrievalPolicyInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetDataRetrievalPolicyInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *GetDataRetrievalPolicyInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetDataRetrievalPolicyInput"}
|
|
if s.AccountId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccountId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetDataRetrievalPolicyInput) SetAccountId(v string) *GetDataRetrievalPolicyInput {
|
|
s.AccountId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the Amazon Glacier response to the GetDataRetrievalPolicy request.
|
|
type GetDataRetrievalPolicyOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the returned data retrieval policy in JSON format.
|
|
Policy *DataRetrievalPolicy `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetDataRetrievalPolicyOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetDataRetrievalPolicyOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetDataRetrievalPolicyOutput) SetPolicy(v *DataRetrievalPolicy) *GetDataRetrievalPolicyOutput {
|
|
s.Policy = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Provides options for downloading output of an Amazon Glacier job.
|
|
type GetJobOutputInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AccountId value is the AWS account ID of the account that owns the vault.
|
|
// You can either specify an AWS account ID or optionally a single '-' (hyphen),
|
|
// in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the
|
|
// credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, do not include
|
|
// any hyphens ('-') in the ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// AccountId is a required field
|
|
AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The job ID whose data is downloaded.
|
|
//
|
|
// JobId is a required field
|
|
JobId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"jobId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The range of bytes to retrieve from the output. For example, if you want
|
|
// to download the first 1,048,576 bytes, specify the range as bytes=0-1048575.
|
|
// By default, this operation downloads the entire output.
|
|
//
|
|
// If the job output is large, then you can use a range to retrieve a portion
|
|
// of the output. This allows you to download the entire output in smaller chunks
|
|
// of bytes. For example, suppose you have 1 GB of job output you want to download
|
|
// and you decide to download 128 MB chunks of data at a time, which is a total
|
|
// of eight Get Job Output requests. You use the following process to download
|
|
// the job output:
|
|
//
|
|
// Download a 128 MB chunk of output by specifying the appropriate byte range.
|
|
// Verify that all 128 MB of data was received.
|
|
//
|
|
// Along with the data, the response includes a SHA256 tree hash of the payload.
|
|
// You compute the checksum of the payload on the client and compare it with
|
|
// the checksum you received in the response to ensure you received all the
|
|
// expected data.
|
|
//
|
|
// Repeat steps 1 and 2 for all the eight 128 MB chunks of output data, each
|
|
// time specifying the appropriate byte range.
|
|
//
|
|
// After downloading all the parts of the job output, you have a list of eight
|
|
// checksum values. Compute the tree hash of these values to find the checksum
|
|
// of the entire output. Using the DescribeJob API, obtain job information of
|
|
// the job that provided you the output. The response includes the checksum
|
|
// of the entire archive stored in Amazon Glacier. You compare this value with
|
|
// the checksum you computed to ensure you have downloaded the entire archive
|
|
// content with no errors.
|
|
Range *string `location:"header" locationName:"Range" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the vault.
|
|
//
|
|
// VaultName is a required field
|
|
VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetJobOutputInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetJobOutputInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *GetJobOutputInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetJobOutputInput"}
|
|
if s.AccountId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccountId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.JobId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("JobId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VaultName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VaultName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetJobOutputInput) SetAccountId(v string) *GetJobOutputInput {
|
|
s.AccountId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetJobId sets the JobId field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetJobOutputInput) SetJobId(v string) *GetJobOutputInput {
|
|
s.JobId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRange sets the Range field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetJobOutputInput) SetRange(v string) *GetJobOutputInput {
|
|
s.Range = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultName sets the VaultName field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetJobOutputInput) SetVaultName(v string) *GetJobOutputInput {
|
|
s.VaultName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the Amazon Glacier response to your request.
|
|
type GetJobOutputOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Body"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates the range units accepted. For more information, see RFC2616 (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html).
|
|
AcceptRanges *string `location:"header" locationName:"Accept-Ranges" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of an archive.
|
|
ArchiveDescription *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-archive-description" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The job data, either archive data or inventory data.
|
|
Body io.ReadCloser `locationName:"body" type:"blob"`
|
|
|
|
// The checksum of the data in the response. This header is returned only when
|
|
// retrieving the output for an archive retrieval job. Furthermore, this header
|
|
// appears only under the following conditions:
|
|
//
|
|
// * You get the entire range of the archive.
|
|
//
|
|
// * You request a range to return of the archive that starts and ends on
|
|
// a multiple of 1 MB. For example, if you have an 3.1 MB archive and you
|
|
// specify a range to return that starts at 1 MB and ends at 2 MB, then the
|
|
// x-amz-sha256-tree-hash is returned as a response header.
|
|
//
|
|
// * You request a range of the archive to return that starts on a multiple
|
|
// of 1 MB and goes to the end of the archive. For example, if you have a
|
|
// 3.1 MB archive and you specify a range that starts at 2 MB and ends at
|
|
// 3.1 MB (the end of the archive), then the x-amz-sha256-tree-hash is returned
|
|
// as a response header.
|
|
Checksum *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-sha256-tree-hash" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The range of bytes returned by Amazon Glacier. If only partial output is
|
|
// downloaded, the response provides the range of bytes Amazon Glacier returned.
|
|
// For example, bytes 0-1048575/8388608 returns the first 1 MB from 8 MB.
|
|
ContentRange *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Range" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Content-Type depends on whether the job output is an archive or a vault
|
|
// inventory. For archive data, the Content-Type is application/octet-stream.
|
|
// For vault inventory, if you requested CSV format when you initiated the job,
|
|
// the Content-Type is text/csv. Otherwise, by default, vault inventory is returned
|
|
// as JSON, and the Content-Type is application/json.
|
|
ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The HTTP response code for a job output request. The value depends on whether
|
|
// a range was specified in the request.
|
|
Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" locationName:"status" type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetJobOutputOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetJobOutputOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAcceptRanges sets the AcceptRanges field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetJobOutputOutput) SetAcceptRanges(v string) *GetJobOutputOutput {
|
|
s.AcceptRanges = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetArchiveDescription sets the ArchiveDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetJobOutputOutput) SetArchiveDescription(v string) *GetJobOutputOutput {
|
|
s.ArchiveDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBody sets the Body field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetJobOutputOutput) SetBody(v io.ReadCloser) *GetJobOutputOutput {
|
|
s.Body = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetChecksum sets the Checksum field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetJobOutputOutput) SetChecksum(v string) *GetJobOutputOutput {
|
|
s.Checksum = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetContentRange sets the ContentRange field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetJobOutputOutput) SetContentRange(v string) *GetJobOutputOutput {
|
|
s.ContentRange = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetJobOutputOutput) SetContentType(v string) *GetJobOutputOutput {
|
|
s.ContentType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetJobOutputOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *GetJobOutputOutput {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Input for GetVaultAccessPolicy.
|
|
type GetVaultAccessPolicyInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AccountId value is the AWS account ID of the account that owns the vault.
|
|
// You can either specify an AWS account ID or optionally a single '-' (hyphen),
|
|
// in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the
|
|
// credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, do not include
|
|
// any hyphens ('-') in the ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// AccountId is a required field
|
|
AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the vault.
|
|
//
|
|
// VaultName is a required field
|
|
VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetVaultAccessPolicyInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetVaultAccessPolicyInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *GetVaultAccessPolicyInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetVaultAccessPolicyInput"}
|
|
if s.AccountId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccountId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VaultName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VaultName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetVaultAccessPolicyInput) SetAccountId(v string) *GetVaultAccessPolicyInput {
|
|
s.AccountId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultName sets the VaultName field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetVaultAccessPolicyInput) SetVaultName(v string) *GetVaultAccessPolicyInput {
|
|
s.VaultName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Output for GetVaultAccessPolicy.
|
|
type GetVaultAccessPolicyOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Policy"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the returned vault access policy as a JSON string.
|
|
Policy *VaultAccessPolicy `locationName:"policy" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetVaultAccessPolicyOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetVaultAccessPolicyOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetVaultAccessPolicyOutput) SetPolicy(v *VaultAccessPolicy) *GetVaultAccessPolicyOutput {
|
|
s.Policy = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The input values for GetVaultLock.
|
|
type GetVaultLockInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AccountId value is the AWS account ID of the account that owns the vault.
|
|
// You can either specify an AWS account ID or optionally a single '-' (hyphen),
|
|
// in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the
|
|
// credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, do not include
|
|
// any hyphens ('-') in the ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// AccountId is a required field
|
|
AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the vault.
|
|
//
|
|
// VaultName is a required field
|
|
VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetVaultLockInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetVaultLockInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *GetVaultLockInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetVaultLockInput"}
|
|
if s.AccountId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccountId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VaultName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VaultName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetVaultLockInput) SetAccountId(v string) *GetVaultLockInput {
|
|
s.AccountId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultName sets the VaultName field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetVaultLockInput) SetVaultName(v string) *GetVaultLockInput {
|
|
s.VaultName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the Amazon Glacier response to your request.
|
|
type GetVaultLockOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The UTC date and time at which the vault lock was put into the InProgress
|
|
// state.
|
|
CreationDate *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The UTC date and time at which the lock ID expires. This value can be null
|
|
// if the vault lock is in a Locked state.
|
|
ExpirationDate *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The vault lock policy as a JSON string, which uses "\" as an escape character.
|
|
Policy *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The state of the vault lock. InProgress or Locked.
|
|
State *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetVaultLockOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetVaultLockOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetVaultLockOutput) SetCreationDate(v string) *GetVaultLockOutput {
|
|
s.CreationDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetExpirationDate sets the ExpirationDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetVaultLockOutput) SetExpirationDate(v string) *GetVaultLockOutput {
|
|
s.ExpirationDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetVaultLockOutput) SetPolicy(v string) *GetVaultLockOutput {
|
|
s.Policy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetVaultLockOutput) SetState(v string) *GetVaultLockOutput {
|
|
s.State = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Provides options for retrieving the notification configuration set on an
|
|
// Amazon Glacier vault.
|
|
type GetVaultNotificationsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AccountId value is the AWS account ID of the account that owns the vault.
|
|
// You can either specify an AWS account ID or optionally a single '-' (hyphen),
|
|
// in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the
|
|
// credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, do not include
|
|
// any hyphens ('-') in the ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// AccountId is a required field
|
|
AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the vault.
|
|
//
|
|
// VaultName is a required field
|
|
VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetVaultNotificationsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetVaultNotificationsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *GetVaultNotificationsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetVaultNotificationsInput"}
|
|
if s.AccountId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccountId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VaultName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VaultName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetVaultNotificationsInput) SetAccountId(v string) *GetVaultNotificationsInput {
|
|
s.AccountId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultName sets the VaultName field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetVaultNotificationsInput) SetVaultName(v string) *GetVaultNotificationsInput {
|
|
s.VaultName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the Amazon Glacier response to your request.
|
|
type GetVaultNotificationsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"VaultNotificationConfig"`
|
|
|
|
// Returns the notification configuration set on the vault.
|
|
VaultNotificationConfig *VaultNotificationConfig `locationName:"vaultNotificationConfig" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetVaultNotificationsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetVaultNotificationsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultNotificationConfig sets the VaultNotificationConfig field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetVaultNotificationsOutput) SetVaultNotificationConfig(v *VaultNotificationConfig) *GetVaultNotificationsOutput {
|
|
s.VaultNotificationConfig = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains information about a grant.
|
|
type Grant struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The grantee.
|
|
Grantee *Grantee `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the permission given to the grantee.
|
|
Permission *string `type:"string" enum:"Permission"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Grant) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Grant) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *Grant) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Grant"}
|
|
if s.Grantee != nil {
|
|
if err := s.Grantee.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("Grantee", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetGrantee sets the Grantee field's value.
|
|
func (s *Grant) SetGrantee(v *Grantee) *Grant {
|
|
s.Grantee = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPermission sets the Permission field's value.
|
|
func (s *Grant) SetPermission(v string) *Grant {
|
|
s.Permission = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains information about the grantee.
|
|
type Grantee struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Screen name of the grantee.
|
|
DisplayName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Email address of the grantee.
|
|
EmailAddress *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The canonical user ID of the grantee.
|
|
ID *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Type of grantee
|
|
//
|
|
// Type is a required field
|
|
Type *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Type"`
|
|
|
|
// URI of the grantee group.
|
|
URI *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Grantee) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Grantee) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *Grantee) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Grantee"}
|
|
if s.Type == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Type"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDisplayName sets the DisplayName field's value.
|
|
func (s *Grantee) SetDisplayName(v string) *Grantee {
|
|
s.DisplayName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEmailAddress sets the EmailAddress field's value.
|
|
func (s *Grantee) SetEmailAddress(v string) *Grantee {
|
|
s.EmailAddress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetID sets the ID field's value.
|
|
func (s *Grantee) SetID(v string) *Grantee {
|
|
s.ID = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
|
|
func (s *Grantee) SetType(v string) *Grantee {
|
|
s.Type = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetURI sets the URI field's value.
|
|
func (s *Grantee) SetURI(v string) *Grantee {
|
|
s.URI = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Provides options for initiating an Amazon Glacier job.
|
|
type InitiateJobInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"JobParameters"`
|
|
|
|
// The AccountId value is the AWS account ID of the account that owns the vault.
|
|
// You can either specify an AWS account ID or optionally a single '-' (hyphen),
|
|
// in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the
|
|
// credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, do not include
|
|
// any hyphens ('-') in the ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// AccountId is a required field
|
|
AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides options for specifying job information.
|
|
JobParameters *JobParameters `locationName:"jobParameters" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the vault.
|
|
//
|
|
// VaultName is a required field
|
|
VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InitiateJobInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InitiateJobInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *InitiateJobInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InitiateJobInput"}
|
|
if s.AccountId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccountId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VaultName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VaultName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.JobParameters != nil {
|
|
if err := s.JobParameters.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("JobParameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
|
|
func (s *InitiateJobInput) SetAccountId(v string) *InitiateJobInput {
|
|
s.AccountId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetJobParameters sets the JobParameters field's value.
|
|
func (s *InitiateJobInput) SetJobParameters(v *JobParameters) *InitiateJobInput {
|
|
s.JobParameters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultName sets the VaultName field's value.
|
|
func (s *InitiateJobInput) SetVaultName(v string) *InitiateJobInput {
|
|
s.VaultName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the Amazon Glacier response to your request.
|
|
type InitiateJobOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the job.
|
|
JobId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-job-id" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The path to the location of where the select results are stored.
|
|
JobOutputPath *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-job-output-path" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The relative URI path of the job.
|
|
Location *string `location:"header" locationName:"Location" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InitiateJobOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InitiateJobOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetJobId sets the JobId field's value.
|
|
func (s *InitiateJobOutput) SetJobId(v string) *InitiateJobOutput {
|
|
s.JobId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetJobOutputPath sets the JobOutputPath field's value.
|
|
func (s *InitiateJobOutput) SetJobOutputPath(v string) *InitiateJobOutput {
|
|
s.JobOutputPath = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLocation sets the Location field's value.
|
|
func (s *InitiateJobOutput) SetLocation(v string) *InitiateJobOutput {
|
|
s.Location = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Provides options for initiating a multipart upload to an Amazon Glacier vault.
|
|
type InitiateMultipartUploadInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AccountId value is the AWS account ID of the account that owns the vault.
|
|
// You can either specify an AWS account ID or optionally a single '-' (hyphen),
|
|
// in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the
|
|
// credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, do not include
|
|
// any hyphens ('-') in the ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// AccountId is a required field
|
|
AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The archive description that you are uploading in parts.
|
|
//
|
|
// The part size must be a megabyte (1024 KB) multiplied by a power of 2, for
|
|
// example 1048576 (1 MB), 2097152 (2 MB), 4194304 (4 MB), 8388608 (8 MB), and
|
|
// so on. The minimum allowable part size is 1 MB, and the maximum is 4 GB (4096
|
|
// MB).
|
|
ArchiveDescription *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-archive-description" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The size of each part except the last, in bytes. The last part can be smaller
|
|
// than this part size.
|
|
PartSize *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-part-size" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the vault.
|
|
//
|
|
// VaultName is a required field
|
|
VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InitiateMultipartUploadInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InitiateMultipartUploadInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *InitiateMultipartUploadInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InitiateMultipartUploadInput"}
|
|
if s.AccountId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccountId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VaultName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VaultName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
|
|
func (s *InitiateMultipartUploadInput) SetAccountId(v string) *InitiateMultipartUploadInput {
|
|
s.AccountId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetArchiveDescription sets the ArchiveDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *InitiateMultipartUploadInput) SetArchiveDescription(v string) *InitiateMultipartUploadInput {
|
|
s.ArchiveDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPartSize sets the PartSize field's value.
|
|
func (s *InitiateMultipartUploadInput) SetPartSize(v string) *InitiateMultipartUploadInput {
|
|
s.PartSize = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultName sets the VaultName field's value.
|
|
func (s *InitiateMultipartUploadInput) SetVaultName(v string) *InitiateMultipartUploadInput {
|
|
s.VaultName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Glacier response to your request.
|
|
type InitiateMultipartUploadOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The relative URI path of the multipart upload ID Amazon Glacier created.
|
|
Location *string `location:"header" locationName:"Location" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the multipart upload. This value is also included as part of the
|
|
// location.
|
|
UploadId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-multipart-upload-id" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InitiateMultipartUploadOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InitiateMultipartUploadOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLocation sets the Location field's value.
|
|
func (s *InitiateMultipartUploadOutput) SetLocation(v string) *InitiateMultipartUploadOutput {
|
|
s.Location = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.
|
|
func (s *InitiateMultipartUploadOutput) SetUploadId(v string) *InitiateMultipartUploadOutput {
|
|
s.UploadId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The input values for InitiateVaultLock.
|
|
type InitiateVaultLockInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Policy"`
|
|
|
|
// The AccountId value is the AWS account ID. This value must match the AWS
|
|
// account ID associated with the credentials used to sign the request. You
|
|
// can either specify an AWS account ID or optionally a single '-' (hyphen),
|
|
// in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the
|
|
// credentials used to sign the request. If you specify your account ID, do
|
|
// not include any hyphens ('-') in the ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// AccountId is a required field
|
|
AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The vault lock policy as a JSON string, which uses "\" as an escape character.
|
|
Policy *VaultLockPolicy `locationName:"policy" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the vault.
|
|
//
|
|
// VaultName is a required field
|
|
VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InitiateVaultLockInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InitiateVaultLockInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *InitiateVaultLockInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InitiateVaultLockInput"}
|
|
if s.AccountId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccountId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VaultName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VaultName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
|
|
func (s *InitiateVaultLockInput) SetAccountId(v string) *InitiateVaultLockInput {
|
|
s.AccountId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value.
|
|
func (s *InitiateVaultLockInput) SetPolicy(v *VaultLockPolicy) *InitiateVaultLockInput {
|
|
s.Policy = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultName sets the VaultName field's value.
|
|
func (s *InitiateVaultLockInput) SetVaultName(v string) *InitiateVaultLockInput {
|
|
s.VaultName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the Amazon Glacier response to your request.
|
|
type InitiateVaultLockOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The lock ID, which is used to complete the vault locking process.
|
|
LockId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-lock-id" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InitiateVaultLockOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InitiateVaultLockOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLockId sets the LockId field's value.
|
|
func (s *InitiateVaultLockOutput) SetLockId(v string) *InitiateVaultLockOutput {
|
|
s.LockId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes how the archive is serialized.
|
|
type InputSerialization struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes the serialization of a CSV-encoded object.
|
|
Csv *CSVInput `locationName:"csv" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InputSerialization) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InputSerialization) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCsv sets the Csv field's value.
|
|
func (s *InputSerialization) SetCsv(v *CSVInput) *InputSerialization {
|
|
s.Csv = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes the options for a range inventory retrieval job.
|
|
type InventoryRetrievalJobDescription struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The end of the date range in UTC for vault inventory retrieval that includes
|
|
// archives created before this date. This value should be a string in the ISO
|
|
// 8601 date format, for example 2013-03-20T17:03:43Z.
|
|
EndDate *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The output format for the vault inventory list, which is set by the InitiateJob
|
|
// request when initiating a job to retrieve a vault inventory. Valid values
|
|
// are CSV and JSON.
|
|
Format *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of inventory items returned per vault inventory retrieval
|
|
// request. This limit is set when initiating the job with the a InitiateJob
|
|
// request.
|
|
Limit *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An opaque string that represents where to continue pagination of the vault
|
|
// inventory retrieval results. You use the marker in a new InitiateJob request
|
|
// to obtain additional inventory items. If there are no more inventory items,
|
|
// this value is null. For more information, see Range Inventory Retrieval
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazonglacier/latest/dev/api-initiate-job-post.html#api-initiate-job-post-vault-inventory-list-filtering).
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The start of the date range in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) for vault
|
|
// inventory retrieval that includes archives created on or after this date.
|
|
// This value should be a string in the ISO 8601 date format, for example 2013-03-20T17:03:43Z.
|
|
StartDate *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InventoryRetrievalJobDescription) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InventoryRetrievalJobDescription) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndDate sets the EndDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *InventoryRetrievalJobDescription) SetEndDate(v string) *InventoryRetrievalJobDescription {
|
|
s.EndDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFormat sets the Format field's value.
|
|
func (s *InventoryRetrievalJobDescription) SetFormat(v string) *InventoryRetrievalJobDescription {
|
|
s.Format = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLimit sets the Limit field's value.
|
|
func (s *InventoryRetrievalJobDescription) SetLimit(v string) *InventoryRetrievalJobDescription {
|
|
s.Limit = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *InventoryRetrievalJobDescription) SetMarker(v string) *InventoryRetrievalJobDescription {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStartDate sets the StartDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *InventoryRetrievalJobDescription) SetStartDate(v string) *InventoryRetrievalJobDescription {
|
|
s.StartDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Provides options for specifying a range inventory retrieval job.
|
|
type InventoryRetrievalJobInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The end of the date range in UTC for vault inventory retrieval that includes
|
|
// archives created before this date. This value should be a string in the ISO
|
|
// 8601 date format, for example 2013-03-20T17:03:43Z.
|
|
EndDate *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the maximum number of inventory items returned per vault inventory
|
|
// retrieval request. Valid values are greater than or equal to 1.
|
|
Limit *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An opaque string that represents where to continue pagination of the vault
|
|
// inventory retrieval results. You use the marker in a new InitiateJob request
|
|
// to obtain additional inventory items. If there are no more inventory items,
|
|
// this value is null.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The start of the date range in UTC for vault inventory retrieval that includes
|
|
// archives created on or after this date. This value should be a string in
|
|
// the ISO 8601 date format, for example 2013-03-20T17:03:43Z.
|
|
StartDate *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InventoryRetrievalJobInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s InventoryRetrievalJobInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndDate sets the EndDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *InventoryRetrievalJobInput) SetEndDate(v string) *InventoryRetrievalJobInput {
|
|
s.EndDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLimit sets the Limit field's value.
|
|
func (s *InventoryRetrievalJobInput) SetLimit(v string) *InventoryRetrievalJobInput {
|
|
s.Limit = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *InventoryRetrievalJobInput) SetMarker(v string) *InventoryRetrievalJobInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStartDate sets the StartDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *InventoryRetrievalJobInput) SetStartDate(v string) *InventoryRetrievalJobInput {
|
|
s.StartDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the description of an Amazon Glacier job.
|
|
type JobDescription struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The job type. This value is either ArchiveRetrieval, InventoryRetrieval,
|
|
// or Select.
|
|
Action *string `type:"string" enum:"ActionCode"`
|
|
|
|
// The archive ID requested for a select job or archive retrieval. Otherwise,
|
|
// this field is null.
|
|
ArchiveId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The SHA256 tree hash of the entire archive for an archive retrieval. For
|
|
// inventory retrieval or select jobs, this field is null.
|
|
ArchiveSHA256TreeHash *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// For an archive retrieval job, this value is the size in bytes of the archive
|
|
// being requested for download. For an inventory retrieval or select job, this
|
|
// value is null.
|
|
ArchiveSizeInBytes *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The job status. When a job is completed, you get the job's output using Get
|
|
// Job Output (GET output).
|
|
Completed *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The UTC time that the job request completed. While the job is in progress,
|
|
// the value is null.
|
|
CompletionDate *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The UTC date when the job was created. This value is a string representation
|
|
// of ISO 8601 date format, for example "2012-03-20T17:03:43.221Z".
|
|
CreationDate *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Parameters used for range inventory retrieval.
|
|
InventoryRetrievalParameters *InventoryRetrievalJobDescription `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// For an inventory retrieval job, this value is the size in bytes of the inventory
|
|
// requested for download. For an archive retrieval or select job, this value
|
|
// is null.
|
|
InventorySizeInBytes *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The job description provided when initiating the job.
|
|
JobDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An opaque string that identifies an Amazon Glacier job.
|
|
JobId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the job output location.
|
|
JobOutputPath *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the location where the data from the select job is stored.
|
|
OutputLocation *OutputLocation `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The retrieved byte range for archive retrieval jobs in the form StartByteValue-EndByteValue.
|
|
// If no range was specified in the archive retrieval, then the whole archive
|
|
// is retrieved. In this case, StartByteValue equals 0 and EndByteValue equals
|
|
// the size of the archive minus 1. For inventory retrieval or select jobs,
|
|
// this field is null.
|
|
RetrievalByteRange *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// For an archive retrieval job, this value is the checksum of the archive.
|
|
// Otherwise, this value is null.
|
|
//
|
|
// The SHA256 tree hash value for the requested range of an archive. If the
|
|
// InitiateJob request for an archive specified a tree-hash aligned range, then
|
|
// this field returns a value.
|
|
//
|
|
// If the whole archive is retrieved, this value is the same as the ArchiveSHA256TreeHash
|
|
// value.
|
|
//
|
|
// This field is null for the following:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Archive retrieval jobs that specify a range that is not tree-hash aligned
|
|
//
|
|
// * Archival jobs that specify a range that is equal to the whole archive,
|
|
// when the job status is InProgress
|
|
//
|
|
// * Inventory jobs
|
|
//
|
|
// * Select jobs
|
|
SHA256TreeHash *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An Amazon SNS topic that receives notification.
|
|
SNSTopic *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters used for a select.
|
|
SelectParameters *SelectParameters `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The status code can be InProgress, Succeeded, or Failed, and indicates the
|
|
// status of the job.
|
|
StatusCode *string `type:"string" enum:"StatusCode"`
|
|
|
|
// A friendly message that describes the job status.
|
|
StatusMessage *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The tier to use for a select or an archive retrieval. Valid values are Expedited,
|
|
// Standard, or Bulk. Standard is the default.
|
|
Tier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the vault from which an archive retrieval
|
|
// was requested.
|
|
VaultARN *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s JobDescription) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s JobDescription) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAction sets the Action field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobDescription) SetAction(v string) *JobDescription {
|
|
s.Action = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetArchiveId sets the ArchiveId field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobDescription) SetArchiveId(v string) *JobDescription {
|
|
s.ArchiveId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetArchiveSHA256TreeHash sets the ArchiveSHA256TreeHash field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobDescription) SetArchiveSHA256TreeHash(v string) *JobDescription {
|
|
s.ArchiveSHA256TreeHash = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetArchiveSizeInBytes sets the ArchiveSizeInBytes field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobDescription) SetArchiveSizeInBytes(v int64) *JobDescription {
|
|
s.ArchiveSizeInBytes = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCompleted sets the Completed field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobDescription) SetCompleted(v bool) *JobDescription {
|
|
s.Completed = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCompletionDate sets the CompletionDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobDescription) SetCompletionDate(v string) *JobDescription {
|
|
s.CompletionDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobDescription) SetCreationDate(v string) *JobDescription {
|
|
s.CreationDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInventoryRetrievalParameters sets the InventoryRetrievalParameters field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobDescription) SetInventoryRetrievalParameters(v *InventoryRetrievalJobDescription) *JobDescription {
|
|
s.InventoryRetrievalParameters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInventorySizeInBytes sets the InventorySizeInBytes field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobDescription) SetInventorySizeInBytes(v int64) *JobDescription {
|
|
s.InventorySizeInBytes = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetJobDescription sets the JobDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobDescription) SetJobDescription(v string) *JobDescription {
|
|
s.JobDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetJobId sets the JobId field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobDescription) SetJobId(v string) *JobDescription {
|
|
s.JobId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetJobOutputPath sets the JobOutputPath field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobDescription) SetJobOutputPath(v string) *JobDescription {
|
|
s.JobOutputPath = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOutputLocation sets the OutputLocation field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobDescription) SetOutputLocation(v *OutputLocation) *JobDescription {
|
|
s.OutputLocation = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRetrievalByteRange sets the RetrievalByteRange field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobDescription) SetRetrievalByteRange(v string) *JobDescription {
|
|
s.RetrievalByteRange = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSHA256TreeHash sets the SHA256TreeHash field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobDescription) SetSHA256TreeHash(v string) *JobDescription {
|
|
s.SHA256TreeHash = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSNSTopic sets the SNSTopic field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobDescription) SetSNSTopic(v string) *JobDescription {
|
|
s.SNSTopic = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSelectParameters sets the SelectParameters field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobDescription) SetSelectParameters(v *SelectParameters) *JobDescription {
|
|
s.SelectParameters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatusCode sets the StatusCode field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobDescription) SetStatusCode(v string) *JobDescription {
|
|
s.StatusCode = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatusMessage sets the StatusMessage field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobDescription) SetStatusMessage(v string) *JobDescription {
|
|
s.StatusMessage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTier sets the Tier field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobDescription) SetTier(v string) *JobDescription {
|
|
s.Tier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultARN sets the VaultARN field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobDescription) SetVaultARN(v string) *JobDescription {
|
|
s.VaultARN = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Provides options for defining a job.
|
|
type JobParameters struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the archive that you want to retrieve. This field is required only
|
|
// if Type is set to select or archive-retrievalcode>. An error occurs if you
|
|
// specify this request parameter for an inventory retrieval job request.
|
|
ArchiveId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The optional description for the job. The description must be less than or
|
|
// equal to 1,024 bytes. The allowable characters are 7-bit ASCII without control
|
|
// codes-specifically, ASCII values 32-126 decimal or 0x20-0x7E hexadecimal.
|
|
Description *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// When initiating a job to retrieve a vault inventory, you can optionally add
|
|
// this parameter to your request to specify the output format. If you are initiating
|
|
// an inventory job and do not specify a Format field, JSON is the default format.
|
|
// Valid values are "CSV" and "JSON".
|
|
Format *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Input parameters used for range inventory retrieval.
|
|
InventoryRetrievalParameters *InventoryRetrievalJobInput `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains information about the location where the select job results are
|
|
// stored.
|
|
OutputLocation *OutputLocation `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The byte range to retrieve for an archive retrieval. in the form "StartByteValue-EndByteValue"
|
|
// If not specified, the whole archive is retrieved. If specified, the byte
|
|
// range must be megabyte (1024*1024) aligned which means that StartByteValue
|
|
// must be divisible by 1 MB and EndByteValue plus 1 must be divisible by 1
|
|
// MB or be the end of the archive specified as the archive byte size value
|
|
// minus 1. If RetrievalByteRange is not megabyte aligned, this operation returns
|
|
// a 400 response.
|
|
//
|
|
// An error occurs if you specify this field for an inventory retrieval job
|
|
// request.
|
|
RetrievalByteRange *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon SNS topic ARN to which Amazon Glacier sends a notification when
|
|
// the job is completed and the output is ready for you to download. The specified
|
|
// topic publishes the notification to its subscribers. The SNS topic must exist.
|
|
SNSTopic *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains the parameters that define a job.
|
|
SelectParameters *SelectParameters `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The tier to use for a select or an archive retrieval job. Valid values are
|
|
// Expedited, Standard, or Bulk. Standard is the default.
|
|
Tier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The job type. You can initiate a job to perform a select query on an archive,
|
|
// retrieve an archive, or get an inventory of a vault. Valid values are "select",
|
|
// "archive-retrieval" and "inventory-retrieval".
|
|
Type *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s JobParameters) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s JobParameters) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *JobParameters) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "JobParameters"}
|
|
if s.OutputLocation != nil {
|
|
if err := s.OutputLocation.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("OutputLocation", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetArchiveId sets the ArchiveId field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobParameters) SetArchiveId(v string) *JobParameters {
|
|
s.ArchiveId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobParameters) SetDescription(v string) *JobParameters {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFormat sets the Format field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobParameters) SetFormat(v string) *JobParameters {
|
|
s.Format = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInventoryRetrievalParameters sets the InventoryRetrievalParameters field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobParameters) SetInventoryRetrievalParameters(v *InventoryRetrievalJobInput) *JobParameters {
|
|
s.InventoryRetrievalParameters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOutputLocation sets the OutputLocation field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobParameters) SetOutputLocation(v *OutputLocation) *JobParameters {
|
|
s.OutputLocation = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRetrievalByteRange sets the RetrievalByteRange field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobParameters) SetRetrievalByteRange(v string) *JobParameters {
|
|
s.RetrievalByteRange = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSNSTopic sets the SNSTopic field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobParameters) SetSNSTopic(v string) *JobParameters {
|
|
s.SNSTopic = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSelectParameters sets the SelectParameters field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobParameters) SetSelectParameters(v *SelectParameters) *JobParameters {
|
|
s.SelectParameters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTier sets the Tier field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobParameters) SetTier(v string) *JobParameters {
|
|
s.Tier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
|
|
func (s *JobParameters) SetType(v string) *JobParameters {
|
|
s.Type = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Provides options for retrieving a job list for an Amazon Glacier vault.
|
|
type ListJobsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AccountId value is the AWS account ID of the account that owns the vault.
|
|
// You can either specify an AWS account ID or optionally a single '-' (hyphen),
|
|
// in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the
|
|
// credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, do not include
|
|
// any hyphens ('-') in the ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// AccountId is a required field
|
|
AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The state of the jobs to return. You can specify true or false.
|
|
Completed *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"completed" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of jobs to be returned. The default limit is 1000. The
|
|
// number of jobs returned might be fewer than the specified limit, but the
|
|
// number of returned jobs never exceeds the limit.
|
|
Limit *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"limit" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An opaque string used for pagination. This value specifies the job at which
|
|
// the listing of jobs should begin. Get the marker value from a previous List
|
|
// Jobs response. You only need to include the marker if you are continuing
|
|
// the pagination of results started in a previous List Jobs request.
|
|
Marker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"marker" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of job status to return. You can specify the following values: InProgress,
|
|
// Succeeded, or Failed.
|
|
Statuscode *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"statuscode" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the vault.
|
|
//
|
|
// VaultName is a required field
|
|
VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListJobsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListJobsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ListJobsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListJobsInput"}
|
|
if s.AccountId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccountId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VaultName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VaultName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListJobsInput) SetAccountId(v string) *ListJobsInput {
|
|
s.AccountId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCompleted sets the Completed field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListJobsInput) SetCompleted(v string) *ListJobsInput {
|
|
s.Completed = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLimit sets the Limit field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListJobsInput) SetLimit(v string) *ListJobsInput {
|
|
s.Limit = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListJobsInput) SetMarker(v string) *ListJobsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatuscode sets the Statuscode field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListJobsInput) SetStatuscode(v string) *ListJobsInput {
|
|
s.Statuscode = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultName sets the VaultName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListJobsInput) SetVaultName(v string) *ListJobsInput {
|
|
s.VaultName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the Amazon Glacier response to your request.
|
|
type ListJobsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of job objects. Each job object contains metadata describing the job.
|
|
JobList []*JobDescription `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An opaque string used for pagination that specifies the job at which the
|
|
// listing of jobs should begin. You get the marker value from a previous List
|
|
// Jobs response. You only need to include the marker if you are continuing
|
|
// the pagination of the results started in a previous List Jobs request.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListJobsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListJobsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetJobList sets the JobList field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListJobsOutput) SetJobList(v []*JobDescription) *ListJobsOutput {
|
|
s.JobList = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListJobsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *ListJobsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Provides options for retrieving list of in-progress multipart uploads for
|
|
// an Amazon Glacier vault.
|
|
type ListMultipartUploadsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AccountId value is the AWS account ID of the account that owns the vault.
|
|
// You can either specify an AWS account ID or optionally a single '-' (hyphen),
|
|
// in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the
|
|
// credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, do not include
|
|
// any hyphens ('-') in the ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// AccountId is a required field
|
|
AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the maximum number of uploads returned in the response body. If
|
|
// this value is not specified, the List Uploads operation returns up to 1,000
|
|
// uploads.
|
|
Limit *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"limit" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An opaque string used for pagination. This value specifies the upload at
|
|
// which the listing of uploads should begin. Get the marker value from a previous
|
|
// List Uploads response. You need only include the marker if you are continuing
|
|
// the pagination of results started in a previous List Uploads request.
|
|
Marker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"marker" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the vault.
|
|
//
|
|
// VaultName is a required field
|
|
VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListMultipartUploadsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListMultipartUploadsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListMultipartUploadsInput"}
|
|
if s.AccountId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccountId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VaultName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VaultName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetAccountId(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput {
|
|
s.AccountId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLimit sets the Limit field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetLimit(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput {
|
|
s.Limit = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultName sets the VaultName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetVaultName(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput {
|
|
s.VaultName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the Amazon Glacier response to your request.
|
|
type ListMultipartUploadsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An opaque string that represents where to continue pagination of the results.
|
|
// You use the marker in a new List Multipart Uploads request to obtain more
|
|
// uploads in the list. If there are no more uploads, this value is null.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of in-progress multipart uploads.
|
|
UploadsList []*UploadListElement `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListMultipartUploadsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListMultipartUploadsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUploadsList sets the UploadsList field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetUploadsList(v []*UploadListElement) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
|
|
s.UploadsList = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Provides options for retrieving a list of parts of an archive that have been
|
|
// uploaded in a specific multipart upload.
|
|
type ListPartsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AccountId value is the AWS account ID of the account that owns the vault.
|
|
// You can either specify an AWS account ID or optionally a single '-' (hyphen),
|
|
// in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the
|
|
// credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, do not include
|
|
// any hyphens ('-') in the ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// AccountId is a required field
|
|
AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of parts to be returned. The default limit is 1000. The
|
|
// number of parts returned might be fewer than the specified limit, but the
|
|
// number of returned parts never exceeds the limit.
|
|
Limit *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"limit" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An opaque string used for pagination. This value specifies the part at which
|
|
// the listing of parts should begin. Get the marker value from the response
|
|
// of a previous List Parts response. You need only include the marker if you
|
|
// are continuing the pagination of results started in a previous List Parts
|
|
// request.
|
|
Marker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"marker" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The upload ID of the multipart upload.
|
|
//
|
|
// UploadId is a required field
|
|
UploadId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the vault.
|
|
//
|
|
// VaultName is a required field
|
|
VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListPartsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListPartsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ListPartsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListPartsInput"}
|
|
if s.AccountId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccountId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.UploadId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VaultName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VaultName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListPartsInput) SetAccountId(v string) *ListPartsInput {
|
|
s.AccountId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLimit sets the Limit field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListPartsInput) SetLimit(v string) *ListPartsInput {
|
|
s.Limit = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListPartsInput) SetMarker(v string) *ListPartsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListPartsInput) SetUploadId(v string) *ListPartsInput {
|
|
s.UploadId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultName sets the VaultName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListPartsInput) SetVaultName(v string) *ListPartsInput {
|
|
s.VaultName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the Amazon Glacier response to your request.
|
|
type ListPartsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the archive that was specified in the Initiate Multipart
|
|
// Upload request.
|
|
ArchiveDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The UTC time at which the multipart upload was initiated.
|
|
CreationDate *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An opaque string that represents where to continue pagination of the results.
|
|
// You use the marker in a new List Parts request to obtain more jobs in the
|
|
// list. If there are no more parts, this value is null.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the upload to which the parts are associated.
|
|
MultipartUploadId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The part size in bytes. This is the same value that you specified in the
|
|
// Initiate Multipart Upload request.
|
|
PartSizeInBytes *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of the part sizes of the multipart upload. Each object in the array
|
|
// contains a RangeBytes and sha256-tree-hash name/value pair.
|
|
Parts []*PartListElement `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the vault to which the multipart upload
|
|
// was initiated.
|
|
VaultARN *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListPartsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListPartsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetArchiveDescription sets the ArchiveDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetArchiveDescription(v string) *ListPartsOutput {
|
|
s.ArchiveDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetCreationDate(v string) *ListPartsOutput {
|
|
s.CreationDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *ListPartsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMultipartUploadId sets the MultipartUploadId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetMultipartUploadId(v string) *ListPartsOutput {
|
|
s.MultipartUploadId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPartSizeInBytes sets the PartSizeInBytes field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetPartSizeInBytes(v int64) *ListPartsOutput {
|
|
s.PartSizeInBytes = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParts sets the Parts field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetParts(v []*PartListElement) *ListPartsOutput {
|
|
s.Parts = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultARN sets the VaultARN field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetVaultARN(v string) *ListPartsOutput {
|
|
s.VaultARN = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ListProvisionedCapacityInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS account ID of the account that owns the vault. You can either specify
|
|
// an AWS account ID or optionally a single '-' (hyphen), in which case Amazon
|
|
// Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the credentials used to sign
|
|
// the request. If you use an account ID, don't include any hyphens ('-') in
|
|
// the ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// AccountId is a required field
|
|
AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListProvisionedCapacityInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListProvisionedCapacityInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ListProvisionedCapacityInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListProvisionedCapacityInput"}
|
|
if s.AccountId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccountId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListProvisionedCapacityInput) SetAccountId(v string) *ListProvisionedCapacityInput {
|
|
s.AccountId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ListProvisionedCapacityOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The response body contains the following JSON fields.
|
|
ProvisionedCapacityList []*ProvisionedCapacityDescription `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListProvisionedCapacityOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListProvisionedCapacityOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetProvisionedCapacityList sets the ProvisionedCapacityList field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListProvisionedCapacityOutput) SetProvisionedCapacityList(v []*ProvisionedCapacityDescription) *ListProvisionedCapacityOutput {
|
|
s.ProvisionedCapacityList = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The input value for ListTagsForVaultInput.
|
|
type ListTagsForVaultInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AccountId value is the AWS account ID of the account that owns the vault.
|
|
// You can either specify an AWS account ID or optionally a single '-' (hyphen),
|
|
// in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the
|
|
// credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, do not include
|
|
// any hyphens ('-') in the ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// AccountId is a required field
|
|
AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the vault.
|
|
//
|
|
// VaultName is a required field
|
|
VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListTagsForVaultInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListTagsForVaultInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ListTagsForVaultInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListTagsForVaultInput"}
|
|
if s.AccountId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccountId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VaultName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VaultName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListTagsForVaultInput) SetAccountId(v string) *ListTagsForVaultInput {
|
|
s.AccountId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultName sets the VaultName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListTagsForVaultInput) SetVaultName(v string) *ListTagsForVaultInput {
|
|
s.VaultName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the Amazon Glacier response to your request.
|
|
type ListTagsForVaultOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The tags attached to the vault. Each tag is composed of a key and a value.
|
|
Tags map[string]*string `type:"map"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListTagsForVaultOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListTagsForVaultOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListTagsForVaultOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *ListTagsForVaultOutput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Provides options to retrieve the vault list owned by the calling user's account.
|
|
// The list provides metadata information for each vault.
|
|
type ListVaultsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AccountId value is the AWS account ID. This value must match the AWS
|
|
// account ID associated with the credentials used to sign the request. You
|
|
// can either specify an AWS account ID or optionally a single '-' (hyphen),
|
|
// in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the
|
|
// credentials used to sign the request. If you specify your account ID, do
|
|
// not include any hyphens ('-') in the ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// AccountId is a required field
|
|
AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of vaults to be returned. The default limit is 1000. The
|
|
// number of vaults returned might be fewer than the specified limit, but the
|
|
// number of returned vaults never exceeds the limit.
|
|
Limit *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"limit" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A string used for pagination. The marker specifies the vault ARN after which
|
|
// the listing of vaults should begin.
|
|
Marker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"marker" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListVaultsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListVaultsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ListVaultsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListVaultsInput"}
|
|
if s.AccountId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccountId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListVaultsInput) SetAccountId(v string) *ListVaultsInput {
|
|
s.AccountId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLimit sets the Limit field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListVaultsInput) SetLimit(v string) *ListVaultsInput {
|
|
s.Limit = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListVaultsInput) SetMarker(v string) *ListVaultsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the Amazon Glacier response to your request.
|
|
type ListVaultsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The vault ARN at which to continue pagination of the results. You use the
|
|
// marker in another List Vaults request to obtain more vaults in the list.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// List of vaults.
|
|
VaultList []*DescribeVaultOutput `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListVaultsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListVaultsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListVaultsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *ListVaultsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultList sets the VaultList field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListVaultsOutput) SetVaultList(v []*DescribeVaultOutput) *ListVaultsOutput {
|
|
s.VaultList = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains information about the location where the select job results are
|
|
// stored.
|
|
type OutputLocation struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes an S3 location that will receive the results of the job request.
|
|
S3 *S3Location `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OutputLocation) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OutputLocation) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *OutputLocation) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "OutputLocation"}
|
|
if s.S3 != nil {
|
|
if err := s.S3.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("S3", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetS3 sets the S3 field's value.
|
|
func (s *OutputLocation) SetS3(v *S3Location) *OutputLocation {
|
|
s.S3 = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes how the select output is serialized.
|
|
type OutputSerialization struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes the serialization of CSV-encoded query results.
|
|
Csv *CSVOutput `locationName:"csv" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OutputSerialization) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OutputSerialization) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCsv sets the Csv field's value.
|
|
func (s *OutputSerialization) SetCsv(v *CSVOutput) *OutputSerialization {
|
|
s.Csv = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// A list of the part sizes of the multipart upload.
|
|
type PartListElement struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The byte range of a part, inclusive of the upper value of the range.
|
|
RangeInBytes *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The SHA256 tree hash value that Amazon Glacier calculated for the part. This
|
|
// field is never null.
|
|
SHA256TreeHash *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PartListElement) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PartListElement) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRangeInBytes sets the RangeInBytes field's value.
|
|
func (s *PartListElement) SetRangeInBytes(v string) *PartListElement {
|
|
s.RangeInBytes = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSHA256TreeHash sets the SHA256TreeHash field's value.
|
|
func (s *PartListElement) SetSHA256TreeHash(v string) *PartListElement {
|
|
s.SHA256TreeHash = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The definition for a provisioned capacity unit.
|
|
type ProvisionedCapacityDescription struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID that identifies the provisioned capacity unit.
|
|
CapacityId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The date that the provisioned capacity unit expires, in Universal Coordinated
|
|
// Time (UTC).
|
|
ExpirationDate *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The date that the provisioned capacity unit was purchased, in Universal Coordinated
|
|
// Time (UTC).
|
|
StartDate *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ProvisionedCapacityDescription) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ProvisionedCapacityDescription) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCapacityId sets the CapacityId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ProvisionedCapacityDescription) SetCapacityId(v string) *ProvisionedCapacityDescription {
|
|
s.CapacityId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetExpirationDate sets the ExpirationDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *ProvisionedCapacityDescription) SetExpirationDate(v string) *ProvisionedCapacityDescription {
|
|
s.ExpirationDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStartDate sets the StartDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *ProvisionedCapacityDescription) SetStartDate(v string) *ProvisionedCapacityDescription {
|
|
s.StartDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type PurchaseProvisionedCapacityInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS account ID of the account that owns the vault. You can either specify
|
|
// an AWS account ID or optionally a single '-' (hyphen), in which case Amazon
|
|
// Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the credentials used to sign
|
|
// the request. If you use an account ID, don't include any hyphens ('-') in
|
|
// the ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// AccountId is a required field
|
|
AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PurchaseProvisionedCapacityInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PurchaseProvisionedCapacityInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseProvisionedCapacityInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PurchaseProvisionedCapacityInput"}
|
|
if s.AccountId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccountId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseProvisionedCapacityInput) SetAccountId(v string) *PurchaseProvisionedCapacityInput {
|
|
s.AccountId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type PurchaseProvisionedCapacityOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID that identifies the provisioned capacity unit.
|
|
CapacityId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-capacity-id" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PurchaseProvisionedCapacityOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PurchaseProvisionedCapacityOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCapacityId sets the CapacityId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PurchaseProvisionedCapacityOutput) SetCapacityId(v string) *PurchaseProvisionedCapacityOutput {
|
|
s.CapacityId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The input value for RemoveTagsFromVaultInput.
|
|
type RemoveTagsFromVaultInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AccountId value is the AWS account ID of the account that owns the vault.
|
|
// You can either specify an AWS account ID or optionally a single '-' (hyphen),
|
|
// in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the
|
|
// credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, do not include
|
|
// any hyphens ('-') in the ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// AccountId is a required field
|
|
AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tag keys. Each corresponding tag is removed from the vault.
|
|
TagKeys []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the vault.
|
|
//
|
|
// VaultName is a required field
|
|
VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveTagsFromVaultInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveTagsFromVaultInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RemoveTagsFromVaultInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveTagsFromVaultInput"}
|
|
if s.AccountId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccountId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VaultName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VaultName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RemoveTagsFromVaultInput) SetAccountId(v string) *RemoveTagsFromVaultInput {
|
|
s.AccountId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.
|
|
func (s *RemoveTagsFromVaultInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *RemoveTagsFromVaultInput {
|
|
s.TagKeys = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultName sets the VaultName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RemoveTagsFromVaultInput) SetVaultName(v string) *RemoveTagsFromVaultInput {
|
|
s.VaultName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RemoveTagsFromVaultOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveTagsFromVaultOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveTagsFromVaultOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains information about the location in Amazon S3 where the select job
|
|
// results are stored.
|
|
type S3Location struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of grants that control access to the staged results.
|
|
AccessControlList []*Grant `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the Amazon S3 bucket where the job results are stored.
|
|
BucketName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The canned access control list (ACL) to apply to the job results.
|
|
CannedACL *string `type:"string" enum:"CannedACL"`
|
|
|
|
// Contains information about the encryption used to store the job results in
|
|
// Amazon S3.
|
|
Encryption *Encryption `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The prefix that is prepended to the results for this request.
|
|
Prefix *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The storage class used to store the job results.
|
|
StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`
|
|
|
|
// The tag-set that is applied to the job results.
|
|
Tagging map[string]*string `type:"map"`
|
|
|
|
// A map of metadata to store with the job results in Amazon S3.
|
|
UserMetadata map[string]*string `type:"map"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s S3Location) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s S3Location) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *S3Location) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "S3Location"}
|
|
if s.AccessControlList != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.AccessControlList {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "AccessControlList", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccessControlList sets the AccessControlList field's value.
|
|
func (s *S3Location) SetAccessControlList(v []*Grant) *S3Location {
|
|
s.AccessControlList = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBucketName sets the BucketName field's value.
|
|
func (s *S3Location) SetBucketName(v string) *S3Location {
|
|
s.BucketName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCannedACL sets the CannedACL field's value.
|
|
func (s *S3Location) SetCannedACL(v string) *S3Location {
|
|
s.CannedACL = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value.
|
|
func (s *S3Location) SetEncryption(v *Encryption) *S3Location {
|
|
s.Encryption = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
|
|
func (s *S3Location) SetPrefix(v string) *S3Location {
|
|
s.Prefix = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
|
|
func (s *S3Location) SetStorageClass(v string) *S3Location {
|
|
s.StorageClass = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value.
|
|
func (s *S3Location) SetTagging(v map[string]*string) *S3Location {
|
|
s.Tagging = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUserMetadata sets the UserMetadata field's value.
|
|
func (s *S3Location) SetUserMetadata(v map[string]*string) *S3Location {
|
|
s.UserMetadata = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains information about the parameters used for a select.
|
|
type SelectParameters struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The expression that is used to select the object.
|
|
Expression *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of the provided expression, for example SQL.
|
|
ExpressionType *string `type:"string" enum:"ExpressionType"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes the serialization format of the object.
|
|
InputSerialization *InputSerialization `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Describes how the results of the select job are serialized.
|
|
OutputSerialization *OutputSerialization `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SelectParameters) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SelectParameters) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetExpression sets the Expression field's value.
|
|
func (s *SelectParameters) SetExpression(v string) *SelectParameters {
|
|
s.Expression = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetExpressionType sets the ExpressionType field's value.
|
|
func (s *SelectParameters) SetExpressionType(v string) *SelectParameters {
|
|
s.ExpressionType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInputSerialization sets the InputSerialization field's value.
|
|
func (s *SelectParameters) SetInputSerialization(v *InputSerialization) *SelectParameters {
|
|
s.InputSerialization = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOutputSerialization sets the OutputSerialization field's value.
|
|
func (s *SelectParameters) SetOutputSerialization(v *OutputSerialization) *SelectParameters {
|
|
s.OutputSerialization = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDataRetrievalPolicy input.
|
|
type SetDataRetrievalPolicyInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AccountId value is the AWS account ID. This value must match the AWS
|
|
// account ID associated with the credentials used to sign the request. You
|
|
// can either specify an AWS account ID or optionally a single '-' (hyphen),
|
|
// in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the
|
|
// credentials used to sign the request. If you specify your account ID, do
|
|
// not include any hyphens ('-') in the ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// AccountId is a required field
|
|
AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The data retrieval policy in JSON format.
|
|
Policy *DataRetrievalPolicy `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SetDataRetrievalPolicyInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SetDataRetrievalPolicyInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *SetDataRetrievalPolicyInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SetDataRetrievalPolicyInput"}
|
|
if s.AccountId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccountId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
|
|
func (s *SetDataRetrievalPolicyInput) SetAccountId(v string) *SetDataRetrievalPolicyInput {
|
|
s.AccountId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value.
|
|
func (s *SetDataRetrievalPolicyInput) SetPolicy(v *DataRetrievalPolicy) *SetDataRetrievalPolicyInput {
|
|
s.Policy = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type SetDataRetrievalPolicyOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SetDataRetrievalPolicyOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SetDataRetrievalPolicyOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultAccessPolicy input.
|
|
type SetVaultAccessPolicyInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Policy"`
|
|
|
|
// The AccountId value is the AWS account ID of the account that owns the vault.
|
|
// You can either specify an AWS account ID or optionally a single '-' (hyphen),
|
|
// in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the
|
|
// credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, do not include
|
|
// any hyphens ('-') in the ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// AccountId is a required field
|
|
AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The vault access policy as a JSON string.
|
|
Policy *VaultAccessPolicy `locationName:"policy" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the vault.
|
|
//
|
|
// VaultName is a required field
|
|
VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SetVaultAccessPolicyInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SetVaultAccessPolicyInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *SetVaultAccessPolicyInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SetVaultAccessPolicyInput"}
|
|
if s.AccountId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccountId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VaultName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VaultName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
|
|
func (s *SetVaultAccessPolicyInput) SetAccountId(v string) *SetVaultAccessPolicyInput {
|
|
s.AccountId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value.
|
|
func (s *SetVaultAccessPolicyInput) SetPolicy(v *VaultAccessPolicy) *SetVaultAccessPolicyInput {
|
|
s.Policy = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultName sets the VaultName field's value.
|
|
func (s *SetVaultAccessPolicyInput) SetVaultName(v string) *SetVaultAccessPolicyInput {
|
|
s.VaultName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type SetVaultAccessPolicyOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SetVaultAccessPolicyOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SetVaultAccessPolicyOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Provides options to configure notifications that will be sent when specific
|
|
// events happen to a vault.
|
|
type SetVaultNotificationsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"VaultNotificationConfig"`
|
|
|
|
// The AccountId value is the AWS account ID of the account that owns the vault.
|
|
// You can either specify an AWS account ID or optionally a single '-' (hyphen),
|
|
// in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the
|
|
// credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, do not include
|
|
// any hyphens ('-') in the ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// AccountId is a required field
|
|
AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the vault.
|
|
//
|
|
// VaultName is a required field
|
|
VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Provides options for specifying notification configuration.
|
|
VaultNotificationConfig *VaultNotificationConfig `locationName:"vaultNotificationConfig" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SetVaultNotificationsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SetVaultNotificationsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *SetVaultNotificationsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SetVaultNotificationsInput"}
|
|
if s.AccountId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccountId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VaultName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VaultName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
|
|
func (s *SetVaultNotificationsInput) SetAccountId(v string) *SetVaultNotificationsInput {
|
|
s.AccountId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultName sets the VaultName field's value.
|
|
func (s *SetVaultNotificationsInput) SetVaultName(v string) *SetVaultNotificationsInput {
|
|
s.VaultName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultNotificationConfig sets the VaultNotificationConfig field's value.
|
|
func (s *SetVaultNotificationsInput) SetVaultNotificationConfig(v *VaultNotificationConfig) *SetVaultNotificationsInput {
|
|
s.VaultNotificationConfig = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type SetVaultNotificationsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SetVaultNotificationsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SetVaultNotificationsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Provides options to add an archive to a vault.
|
|
type UploadArchiveInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Body"`
|
|
|
|
// The AccountId value is the AWS account ID of the account that owns the vault.
|
|
// You can either specify an AWS account ID or optionally a single '-' (hyphen),
|
|
// in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the
|
|
// credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, do not include
|
|
// any hyphens ('-') in the ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// AccountId is a required field
|
|
AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The optional description of the archive you are uploading.
|
|
ArchiveDescription *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-archive-description" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The data to upload.
|
|
Body io.ReadSeeker `locationName:"body" type:"blob"`
|
|
|
|
// The SHA256 tree hash of the data being uploaded.
|
|
Checksum *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-sha256-tree-hash" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the vault.
|
|
//
|
|
// VaultName is a required field
|
|
VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UploadArchiveInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UploadArchiveInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *UploadArchiveInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UploadArchiveInput"}
|
|
if s.AccountId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccountId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VaultName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VaultName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
|
|
func (s *UploadArchiveInput) SetAccountId(v string) *UploadArchiveInput {
|
|
s.AccountId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetArchiveDescription sets the ArchiveDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *UploadArchiveInput) SetArchiveDescription(v string) *UploadArchiveInput {
|
|
s.ArchiveDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBody sets the Body field's value.
|
|
func (s *UploadArchiveInput) SetBody(v io.ReadSeeker) *UploadArchiveInput {
|
|
s.Body = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetChecksum sets the Checksum field's value.
|
|
func (s *UploadArchiveInput) SetChecksum(v string) *UploadArchiveInput {
|
|
s.Checksum = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultName sets the VaultName field's value.
|
|
func (s *UploadArchiveInput) SetVaultName(v string) *UploadArchiveInput {
|
|
s.VaultName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// A list of in-progress multipart uploads for a vault.
|
|
type UploadListElement struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the archive that was specified in the Initiate Multipart
|
|
// Upload request.
|
|
ArchiveDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The UTC time at which the multipart upload was initiated.
|
|
CreationDate *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of a multipart upload.
|
|
MultipartUploadId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The part size, in bytes, specified in the Initiate Multipart Upload request.
|
|
// This is the size of all the parts in the upload except the last part, which
|
|
// may be smaller than this size.
|
|
PartSizeInBytes *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the vault that contains the archive.
|
|
VaultARN *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UploadListElement) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UploadListElement) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetArchiveDescription sets the ArchiveDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *UploadListElement) SetArchiveDescription(v string) *UploadListElement {
|
|
s.ArchiveDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *UploadListElement) SetCreationDate(v string) *UploadListElement {
|
|
s.CreationDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMultipartUploadId sets the MultipartUploadId field's value.
|
|
func (s *UploadListElement) SetMultipartUploadId(v string) *UploadListElement {
|
|
s.MultipartUploadId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPartSizeInBytes sets the PartSizeInBytes field's value.
|
|
func (s *UploadListElement) SetPartSizeInBytes(v int64) *UploadListElement {
|
|
s.PartSizeInBytes = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultARN sets the VaultARN field's value.
|
|
func (s *UploadListElement) SetVaultARN(v string) *UploadListElement {
|
|
s.VaultARN = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Provides options to upload a part of an archive in a multipart upload operation.
|
|
type UploadMultipartPartInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Body"`
|
|
|
|
// The AccountId value is the AWS account ID of the account that owns the vault.
|
|
// You can either specify an AWS account ID or optionally a single '-' (hyphen),
|
|
// in which case Amazon Glacier uses the AWS account ID associated with the
|
|
// credentials used to sign the request. If you use an account ID, do not include
|
|
// any hyphens ('-') in the ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// AccountId is a required field
|
|
AccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"accountId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The data to upload.
|
|
Body io.ReadSeeker `locationName:"body" type:"blob"`
|
|
|
|
// The SHA256 tree hash of the data being uploaded.
|
|
Checksum *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-sha256-tree-hash" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Identifies the range of bytes in the assembled archive that will be uploaded
|
|
// in this part. Amazon Glacier uses this information to assemble the archive
|
|
// in the proper sequence. The format of this header follows RFC 2616. An example
|
|
// header is Content-Range:bytes 0-4194303/*.
|
|
Range *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Range" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The upload ID of the multipart upload.
|
|
//
|
|
// UploadId is a required field
|
|
UploadId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the vault.
|
|
//
|
|
// VaultName is a required field
|
|
VaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"vaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UploadMultipartPartInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UploadMultipartPartInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *UploadMultipartPartInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UploadMultipartPartInput"}
|
|
if s.AccountId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccountId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.UploadId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.VaultName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VaultName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
|
|
func (s *UploadMultipartPartInput) SetAccountId(v string) *UploadMultipartPartInput {
|
|
s.AccountId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBody sets the Body field's value.
|
|
func (s *UploadMultipartPartInput) SetBody(v io.ReadSeeker) *UploadMultipartPartInput {
|
|
s.Body = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetChecksum sets the Checksum field's value.
|
|
func (s *UploadMultipartPartInput) SetChecksum(v string) *UploadMultipartPartInput {
|
|
s.Checksum = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRange sets the Range field's value.
|
|
func (s *UploadMultipartPartInput) SetRange(v string) *UploadMultipartPartInput {
|
|
s.Range = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.
|
|
func (s *UploadMultipartPartInput) SetUploadId(v string) *UploadMultipartPartInput {
|
|
s.UploadId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVaultName sets the VaultName field's value.
|
|
func (s *UploadMultipartPartInput) SetVaultName(v string) *UploadMultipartPartInput {
|
|
s.VaultName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the Amazon Glacier response to your request.
|
|
type UploadMultipartPartOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The SHA256 tree hash that Amazon Glacier computed for the uploaded part.
|
|
Checksum *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-sha256-tree-hash" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UploadMultipartPartOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UploadMultipartPartOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetChecksum sets the Checksum field's value.
|
|
func (s *UploadMultipartPartOutput) SetChecksum(v string) *UploadMultipartPartOutput {
|
|
s.Checksum = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the vault access policy.
|
|
type VaultAccessPolicy struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The vault access policy.
|
|
Policy *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VaultAccessPolicy) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VaultAccessPolicy) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value.
|
|
func (s *VaultAccessPolicy) SetPolicy(v string) *VaultAccessPolicy {
|
|
s.Policy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains the vault lock policy.
|
|
type VaultLockPolicy struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The vault lock policy.
|
|
Policy *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VaultLockPolicy) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VaultLockPolicy) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value.
|
|
func (s *VaultLockPolicy) SetPolicy(v string) *VaultLockPolicy {
|
|
s.Policy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents a vault's notification configuration.
|
|
type VaultNotificationConfig struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of one or more events for which Amazon Glacier will send a notification
|
|
// to the specified Amazon SNS topic.
|
|
Events []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic Amazon Resource
|
|
// Name (ARN).
|
|
SNSTopic *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VaultNotificationConfig) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VaultNotificationConfig) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEvents sets the Events field's value.
|
|
func (s *VaultNotificationConfig) SetEvents(v []*string) *VaultNotificationConfig {
|
|
s.Events = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSNSTopic sets the SNSTopic field's value.
|
|
func (s *VaultNotificationConfig) SetSNSTopic(v string) *VaultNotificationConfig {
|
|
s.SNSTopic = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ActionCodeArchiveRetrieval is a ActionCode enum value
|
|
ActionCodeArchiveRetrieval = "ArchiveRetrieval"
|
|
|
|
// ActionCodeInventoryRetrieval is a ActionCode enum value
|
|
ActionCodeInventoryRetrieval = "InventoryRetrieval"
|
|
|
|
// ActionCodeSelect is a ActionCode enum value
|
|
ActionCodeSelect = "Select"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// CannedACLPrivate is a CannedACL enum value
|
|
CannedACLPrivate = "private"
|
|
|
|
// CannedACLPublicRead is a CannedACL enum value
|
|
CannedACLPublicRead = "public-read"
|
|
|
|
// CannedACLPublicReadWrite is a CannedACL enum value
|
|
CannedACLPublicReadWrite = "public-read-write"
|
|
|
|
// CannedACLAwsExecRead is a CannedACL enum value
|
|
CannedACLAwsExecRead = "aws-exec-read"
|
|
|
|
// CannedACLAuthenticatedRead is a CannedACL enum value
|
|
CannedACLAuthenticatedRead = "authenticated-read"
|
|
|
|
// CannedACLBucketOwnerRead is a CannedACL enum value
|
|
CannedACLBucketOwnerRead = "bucket-owner-read"
|
|
|
|
// CannedACLBucketOwnerFullControl is a CannedACL enum value
|
|
CannedACLBucketOwnerFullControl = "bucket-owner-full-control"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// EncryptionTypeAwsKms is a EncryptionType enum value
|
|
EncryptionTypeAwsKms = "aws:kms"
|
|
|
|
// EncryptionTypeAes256 is a EncryptionType enum value
|
|
EncryptionTypeAes256 = "AES256"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ExpressionTypeSql is a ExpressionType enum value
|
|
ExpressionTypeSql = "SQL"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// FileHeaderInfoUse is a FileHeaderInfo enum value
|
|
FileHeaderInfoUse = "USE"
|
|
|
|
// FileHeaderInfoIgnore is a FileHeaderInfo enum value
|
|
FileHeaderInfoIgnore = "IGNORE"
|
|
|
|
// FileHeaderInfoNone is a FileHeaderInfo enum value
|
|
FileHeaderInfoNone = "NONE"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// PermissionFullControl is a Permission enum value
|
|
PermissionFullControl = "FULL_CONTROL"
|
|
|
|
// PermissionWrite is a Permission enum value
|
|
PermissionWrite = "WRITE"
|
|
|
|
// PermissionWriteAcp is a Permission enum value
|
|
PermissionWriteAcp = "WRITE_ACP"
|
|
|
|
// PermissionRead is a Permission enum value
|
|
PermissionRead = "READ"
|
|
|
|
// PermissionReadAcp is a Permission enum value
|
|
PermissionReadAcp = "READ_ACP"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// QuoteFieldsAlways is a QuoteFields enum value
|
|
QuoteFieldsAlways = "ALWAYS"
|
|
|
|
// QuoteFieldsAsneeded is a QuoteFields enum value
|
|
QuoteFieldsAsneeded = "ASNEEDED"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// StatusCodeInProgress is a StatusCode enum value
|
|
StatusCodeInProgress = "InProgress"
|
|
|
|
// StatusCodeSucceeded is a StatusCode enum value
|
|
StatusCodeSucceeded = "Succeeded"
|
|
|
|
// StatusCodeFailed is a StatusCode enum value
|
|
StatusCodeFailed = "Failed"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// StorageClassStandard is a StorageClass enum value
|
|
StorageClassStandard = "STANDARD"
|
|
|
|
// StorageClassReducedRedundancy is a StorageClass enum value
|
|
StorageClassReducedRedundancy = "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY"
|
|
|
|
// StorageClassStandardIa is a StorageClass enum value
|
|
StorageClassStandardIa = "STANDARD_IA"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// TypeAmazonCustomerByEmail is a Type enum value
|
|
TypeAmazonCustomerByEmail = "AmazonCustomerByEmail"
|
|
|
|
// TypeCanonicalUser is a Type enum value
|
|
TypeCanonicalUser = "CanonicalUser"
|
|
|
|
// TypeGroup is a Type enum value
|
|
TypeGroup = "Group"
|
|
)
|